6606 lines
		
	
	
		
			207 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6606 lines
		
	
	
		
			207 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
 | |
| and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
 | |
| 
 | |
|                        Written by Philip Hazel
 | |
|            Copyright (c) 1997-2009 University of Cambridge
 | |
| 
 | |
| -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | |
| Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 | |
| modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 | |
|       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 | |
|       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 | |
|       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
 | |
|       contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
 | |
|       this software without specific prior written permission.
 | |
| 
 | |
| THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 | |
| AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 | |
| IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 | |
| ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
 | |
| LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 | |
| CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
 | |
| SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
 | |
| INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
 | |
| CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 | |
| ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
 | |
| POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 | |
| -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
 | |
| supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 | |
| #include "config.h"
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define NLBLOCK cd             /* Block containing newline information */
 | |
| #define PSSTART start_pattern  /* Field containing processed string start */
 | |
| #define PSEND   end_pattern    /* Field containing processed string end */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "pcre_internal.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* When DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre_printint() function, which is also
 | |
| used by pcretest. DEBUG is not defined when building a production library. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
| #include "pcre_printint.src"
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define SETBIT(a,b) a[b/8] |= (1 << (b%8))
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that
 | |
| holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than
 | |
| INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have
 | |
| to check them every time. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *      Code parameters and static tables         *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the
 | |
| first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex
 | |
| is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as
 | |
| soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code
 | |
| does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218,
 | |
| so this number is very generous.
 | |
| 
 | |
| The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for
 | |
| remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the
 | |
| end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE
 | |
| is 4 there is plenty of room. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (4096)
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
 | |
| are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
 | |
| on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
 | |
| is invalid. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running
 | |
| in UTF-8 mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const short int escapes[] = {
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      CHAR_COLON,              CHAR_SEMICOLON,
 | |
|      CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN,     CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN,
 | |
|      CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN,  CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
 | |
|      CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT,      -ESC_A,
 | |
|      -ESC_B,                  -ESC_C,
 | |
|      -ESC_D,                  -ESC_E,
 | |
|      0,                       -ESC_G,
 | |
|      -ESC_H,                  0,
 | |
|      0,                       -ESC_K,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      -ESC_P,                  -ESC_Q,
 | |
|      -ESC_R,                  -ESC_S,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      -ESC_V,                  -ESC_W,
 | |
|      -ESC_X,                  0,
 | |
|      -ESC_Z,                  CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
 | |
|      CHAR_BACKSLASH,          CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
 | |
|      CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT,  CHAR_UNDERSCORE,
 | |
|      CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT,       7,
 | |
|      -ESC_b,                  0,
 | |
|      -ESC_d,                  ESC_e,
 | |
|      ESC_f,                   0,
 | |
|      -ESC_h,                  0,
 | |
|      0,                       -ESC_k,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      ESC_n,                   0,
 | |
|      -ESC_p,                  0,
 | |
|      ESC_r,                   -ESC_s,
 | |
|      ESC_tee,                 0,
 | |
|      -ESC_v,                  -ESC_w,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      -ESC_z
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const short int escapes[] = {
 | |
| /*  48 */     0,     0,      0,     '.',    '<',   '(',    '+',    '|',
 | |
| /*  50 */   '&',     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  58 */     0,     0,    '!',     '$',    '*',   ')',    ';',    '~',
 | |
| /*  60 */   '-',   '/',      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  68 */     0,     0,    '|',     ',',    '%',   '_',    '>',    '?',
 | |
| /*  70 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  78 */     0,   '`',    ':',     '#',    '@',  '\'',    '=',    '"',
 | |
| /*  80 */     0,     7, -ESC_b,       0, -ESC_d, ESC_e,  ESC_f,      0,
 | |
| /*  88 */-ESC_h,     0,      0,     '{',      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  90 */     0,     0, -ESC_k,     'l',      0, ESC_n,      0, -ESC_p,
 | |
| /*  98 */     0, ESC_r,      0,     '}',      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  A0 */     0,   '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee,      0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w,      0,
 | |
| /*  A8 */     0,-ESC_z,      0,       0,      0,   '[',      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  B0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  B8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,   ']',    '=',    '-',
 | |
| /*  C0 */   '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B,  -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E,      0, -ESC_G,
 | |
| /*  C8 */-ESC_H,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  D0 */   '}',     0, -ESC_K,       0,      0,     0,      0, -ESC_P,
 | |
| /*  D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  E0 */  '\\',     0, -ESC_S,       0,      0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
 | |
| /*  E8 */     0,-ESC_Z,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  F0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  F8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0
 | |
| };
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is
 | |
| searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce
 | |
| the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The
 | |
| string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC
 | |
| platforms. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct verbitem {
 | |
|   int   len;
 | |
|   int   op;
 | |
| } verbitem;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const char verbnames[] =
 | |
|   STRING_ACCEPT0
 | |
|   STRING_COMMIT0
 | |
|   STRING_F0
 | |
|   STRING_FAIL0
 | |
|   STRING_PRUNE0
 | |
|   STRING_SKIP0
 | |
|   STRING_THEN;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const verbitem verbs[] = {
 | |
|   { 6, OP_ACCEPT },
 | |
|   { 6, OP_COMMIT },
 | |
|   { 1, OP_FAIL },
 | |
|   { 4, OP_FAIL },
 | |
|   { 5, OP_PRUNE },
 | |
|   { 4, OP_SKIP  },
 | |
|   { 4, OP_THEN  }
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are
 | |
| now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared
 | |
| library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero
 | |
| length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed
 | |
| for handling case independence. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const char posix_names[] =
 | |
|   STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0
 | |
|   STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0
 | |
|   STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0
 | |
|   STRING_word0  STRING_xdigit;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const uschar posix_name_lengths[] = {
 | |
|   5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
 | |
| base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
 | |
| classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
 | |
| characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
 | |
| character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
 | |
| second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
 | |
| addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
 | |
| absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
 | |
| remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
 | |
|   cbit_word,  cbit_digit, -2,             /* alpha */
 | |
|   cbit_lower, -1,          0,             /* lower */
 | |
|   cbit_upper, -1,          0,             /* upper */
 | |
|   cbit_word,  -1,          2,             /* alnum - word without underscore */
 | |
|   cbit_print, cbit_cntrl,  0,             /* ascii */
 | |
|   cbit_space, -1,          1,             /* blank - a GNU extension */
 | |
|   cbit_cntrl, -1,          0,             /* cntrl */
 | |
|   cbit_digit, -1,          0,             /* digit */
 | |
|   cbit_graph, -1,          0,             /* graph */
 | |
|   cbit_print, -1,          0,             /* print */
 | |
|   cbit_punct, -1,          0,             /* punct */
 | |
|   cbit_space, -1,          0,             /* space */
 | |
|   cbit_word,  -1,          0,             /* word - a Perl extension */
 | |
|   cbit_xdigit,-1,          0              /* xdigit */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define STRING(a)  # a
 | |
| #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
 | |
| are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because
 | |
| they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below
 | |
| are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce
 | |
| the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically,
 | |
| it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the
 | |
| lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we
 | |
| simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue
 | |
| because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const char error_texts[] =
 | |
|   "no error\0"
 | |
|   "\\ at end of pattern\0"
 | |
|   "\\c at end of pattern\0"
 | |
|   "unrecognized character follows \\\0"
 | |
|   "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0"
 | |
|   /* 5 */
 | |
|   "number too big in {} quantifier\0"
 | |
|   "missing terminating ] for character class\0"
 | |
|   "invalid escape sequence in character class\0"
 | |
|   "range out of order in character class\0"
 | |
|   "nothing to repeat\0"
 | |
|   /* 10 */
 | |
|   "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0"  /** DEAD **/
 | |
|   "internal error: unexpected repeat\0"
 | |
|   "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0"
 | |
|   "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0"
 | |
|   "missing )\0"
 | |
|   /* 15 */
 | |
|   "reference to non-existent subpattern\0"
 | |
|   "erroffset passed as NULL\0"
 | |
|   "unknown option bit(s) set\0"
 | |
|   "missing ) after comment\0"
 | |
|   "parentheses nested too deeply\0"  /** DEAD **/
 | |
|   /* 20 */
 | |
|   "regular expression is too large\0"
 | |
|   "failed to get memory\0"
 | |
|   "unmatched parentheses\0"
 | |
|   "internal error: code overflow\0"
 | |
|   "unrecognized character after (?<\0"
 | |
|   /* 25 */
 | |
|   "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0"
 | |
|   "malformed number or name after (?(\0"
 | |
|   "conditional group contains more than two branches\0"
 | |
|   "assertion expected after (?(\0"
 | |
|   "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0"
 | |
|   /* 30 */
 | |
|   "unknown POSIX class name\0"
 | |
|   "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0"
 | |
|   "this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UTF8 support\0"
 | |
|   "spare error\0"  /** DEAD **/
 | |
|   "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large\0"
 | |
|   /* 35 */
 | |
|   "invalid condition (?(0)\0"
 | |
|   "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0"
 | |
|   "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N, \\U, or \\u\0"
 | |
|   "number after (?C is > 255\0"
 | |
|   "closing ) for (?C expected\0"
 | |
|   /* 40 */
 | |
|   "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0"
 | |
|   "unrecognized character after (?P\0"
 | |
|   "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0"
 | |
|   "two named subpatterns have the same name\0"
 | |
|   "invalid UTF-8 string\0"
 | |
|   /* 45 */
 | |
|   "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0"
 | |
|   "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0"
 | |
|   "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0"
 | |
|   "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0"
 | |
|   "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0"
 | |
|   /* 50 */
 | |
|   "repeated subpattern is too long\0"    /** DEAD **/
 | |
|   "octal value is greater than \\377 (not in UTF-8 mode)\0"
 | |
|   "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0"
 | |
|   "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0"
 | |
|   "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0"
 | |
|   /* 55 */
 | |
|   "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0"
 | |
|   "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0"
 | |
|   "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0"
 | |
|   "a numbered reference must not be zero\0"
 | |
|   "(*VERB) with an argument is not supported\0"
 | |
|   /* 60 */
 | |
|   "(*VERB) not recognized\0"
 | |
|   "number is too big\0"
 | |
|   "subpattern name expected\0"
 | |
|   "digit expected after (?+\0"
 | |
|   "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode";
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
 | |
| patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
 | |
| may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
 | |
| to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
 | |
| a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
 | |
| character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
 | |
| applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
 | |
| efficiently.
 | |
| 
 | |
| For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
 | |
| 
 | |
|   0x04   decimal digit
 | |
|   0x08   hexadecimal digit
 | |
| 
 | |
| Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in
 | |
| UTF-8 mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const unsigned char digitab[] =
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - '  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ( - /  */
 | |
|   0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  */
 | |
|   0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  8 - ?  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  @ - G  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H - O  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  P - W  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  X - _  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  ` - g  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h - o  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  p - w  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  x -127 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const unsigned char digitab[] =
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7  0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 10 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 20 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 30 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 40 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  72- |     */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 50 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 60 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ?     */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "     */
 | |
|   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g  80 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p  90 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x  A0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 B0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  { - G  C0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  } - P  D0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  \ - X  E0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239    */
 | |
|   0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  F0 */
 | |
|   0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255    */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const unsigned char ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
 | |
|   0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63 */
 | |
|   0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /*  72- |  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ?  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175 */
 | |
|   0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
 | |
|   0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /*  { - G  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  } - P  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  \ - X  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239 */
 | |
|   0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /*  0 - 7  */
 | |
|   0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255 */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Definition to allow mutual recursion */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
|   compile_regex(int, int, uschar **, const uschar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int,
 | |
|     int *, int *, branch_chain *, compile_data *, int *);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *            Find an error text                  *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As
 | |
| some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets.
 | |
| Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue
 | |
| because it happens only when there has been a compilation error.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Argument:   the error number
 | |
| Returns:    pointer to the error string
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const char *
 | |
| find_error_text(int n)
 | |
| {
 | |
| const char *s = error_texts;
 | |
| for (; n > 0; n--) while (*s++ != 0) {};
 | |
| return s;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *            Handle escapes                      *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
 | |
| positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or a negative value which
 | |
| encodes one of the more complicated things such as \d. A backreference to group
 | |
| n is returned as -(ESC_REF + n); ESC_REF is the highest ESC_xxx macro. When
 | |
| UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned. On entry,
 | |
| ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape
 | |
| sequence.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
 | |
|   errorcodeptr   points to the errorcode variable
 | |
|   bracount       number of previous extracting brackets
 | |
|   options        the options bits
 | |
|   isclass        TRUE if inside a character class
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         zero or positive => a data character
 | |
|                  negative => a special escape sequence
 | |
|                  on error, errorcodeptr is set
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| check_escape(const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount,
 | |
|   int options, BOOL isclass)
 | |
| {
 | |
| BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
 | |
| const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1;
 | |
| int c, i;
 | |
| 
 | |
| GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr);           /* Get character value, increment pointer */
 | |
| ptr--;                            /* Set pointer back to the last byte */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (c == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup
 | |
| in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
 | |
| Otherwise further processing may be required. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | |
| else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {}                     /* Not alphanumeric */
 | |
| else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) c = i;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | |
| else if (c < 'a' || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0) {}   /* Not alphanumeric */
 | |
| else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0)  c = i;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   const uschar *oldptr;
 | |
|   BOOL braced, negated;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (c)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
 | |
|     error. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_l:
 | |
|     case CHAR_L:
 | |
|     case CHAR_N:
 | |
|     case CHAR_u:
 | |
|     case CHAR_U:
 | |
|     *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute
 | |
|     backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl
 | |
|     5.10 feature.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This
 | |
|     is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As
 | |
|     this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really
 | |
|     was \k.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a
 | |
|     number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are
 | |
|     (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return
 | |
|     the -ESC_g code (cf \k). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_g:
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       c = -ESC_g;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       const uschar *p;
 | |
|       for (p = ptr+2; *p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++)
 | |
|         if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && (digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) break;
 | |
|       if (*p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         c = -ESC_k;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       braced = TRUE;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else braced = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       negated = TRUE;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else negated = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     c = 0;
 | |
|     while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
 | |
|       c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c < 0)   /* Integer overflow */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c == 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (negated)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (c > bracount)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       c = bracount - (c - 1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     c = -(ESC_REF + c);
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
 | |
|     starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment,
 | |
|     the way Perl works seems to be as follows:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
 | |
|     number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting
 | |
|     left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal
 | |
|     digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal
 | |
|     123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal
 | |
|     value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a
 | |
|     character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5:
 | |
|     case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!isclass)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       oldptr = ptr;
 | |
|       c -= CHAR_0;
 | |
|       while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
 | |
|         c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
 | |
|       if (c < 0)    /* Integer overflow */
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       if (c < 10 || c <= bracount)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         c = -(ESC_REF + c);
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       ptr = oldptr;      /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl
 | |
|     generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal.
 | |
|     Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       ptr--;
 | |
|       c = 0;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
 | |
|     larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
 | |
|     significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
 | |
|     to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode, but no more
 | |
|     than 3 octal digits. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_0:
 | |
|     c -= CHAR_0;
 | |
|     while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7)
 | |
|         c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
 | |
|     if (!utf8 && c > 255) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater
 | |
|     than 0xff in utf8 mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits. If not, { is
 | |
|     treated as a data character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_x:
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       const uschar *pt = ptr + 2;
 | |
|       int count = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       c = 0;
 | |
|       while ((digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         register int cc = *pt++;
 | |
|         if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue;     /* Leading zeroes */
 | |
|         count++;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | |
|         if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|         c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | |
|         if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|         c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (*pt == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (c < 0 || count > (utf8? 8 : 2)) *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
 | |
|         ptr = pt;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't
 | |
|       recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     c = 0;
 | |
|     while (i++ < 2 && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int cc;                                  /* Some compilers don't like */
 | |
|       cc = *(++ptr);                           /* ++ in initializers */
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | |
|       if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;              /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|       c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | |
|       if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;              /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|       c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped.
 | |
|     This coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is
 | |
|     ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_c:
 | |
|     c = *(++ptr);
 | |
|     if (c == 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR2;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | |
|     if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32;
 | |
|     c ^= 0x40;
 | |
| #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | |
|     if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64;
 | |
|     c ^= 0xC0;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
 | |
|     other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set;
 | |
|     otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit
 | |
|     odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may
 | |
|     be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| return c;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *               Handle \P and \p                 *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
 | |
| PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
 | |
| pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
 | |
| escape sequence.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Argument:
 | |
|   ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
 | |
|   negptr         points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
 | |
|   dptr           points to an int that is set to the detailed property value
 | |
|   errorcodeptr   points to the error code variable
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         type value from ucp_type_table, or -1 for an invalid type
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| get_ucp(const uschar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, int *dptr, int *errorcodeptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int c, i, bot, top;
 | |
| const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | |
| char name[32];
 | |
| 
 | |
| c = *(++ptr);
 | |
| if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
| 
 | |
| *negptr = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
 | |
| negation. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *negptr = TRUE;
 | |
|     ptr++;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   for (i = 0; i < (int)sizeof(name) - 1; i++)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     c = *(++ptr);
 | |
|     if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break;
 | |
|     name[i] = c;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   name[i] = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Otherwise there is just one following character */
 | |
| 
 | |
| else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   name[0] = c;
 | |
|   name[1] = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
 | |
| 
 | |
| bot = 0;
 | |
| top = _pcre_utt_size;
 | |
| 
 | |
| while (bot < top)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   i = (bot + top) >> 1;
 | |
|   c = strcmp(name, _pcre_utt_names + _pcre_utt[i].name_offset);
 | |
|   if (c == 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *dptr = _pcre_utt[i].value;
 | |
|     return _pcre_utt[i].type;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   if (c > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR47;
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| return -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| ERROR_RETURN:
 | |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR46;
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| return -1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *            Check for counted repeat            *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
 | |
| start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
 | |
| It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
 | |
| where the ddds are digits.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   p         pointer to the first char after '{'
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:    TRUE or FALSE
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| is_counted_repeat(const uschar *p)
 | |
| {
 | |
| if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
 | |
| while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
 | |
| if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE;
 | |
| if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
 | |
| while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
 | |
| 
 | |
| return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *         Read repeat counts                     *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
 | |
| after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
 | |
| so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   p              pointer to first char after '{'
 | |
|   minp           pointer to int for min
 | |
|   maxp           pointer to int for max
 | |
|                  returned as -1 if no max
 | |
|   errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         pointer to '}' on success;
 | |
|                  current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const uschar *
 | |
| read_repeat_counts(const uschar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int min = 0;
 | |
| int max = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates
 | |
| an integer overflow. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) min = min * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0;
 | |
| if (min < 0 || min > 65535)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
 | |
|   return p;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size.
 | |
| Also, max must not be less than min. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     max = 0;
 | |
|     while((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) max = max * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0;
 | |
|     if (max < 0 || max > 65535)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
 | |
|       return p;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     if (max < min)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR4;
 | |
|       return p;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating
 | |
| '}'. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| *minp = min;
 | |
| *maxp = max;
 | |
| return p;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *  Subroutine for finding forward reference      *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This recursive function is called only from find_parens() below. The
 | |
| top-level call starts at the beginning of the pattern. All other calls must
 | |
| start at a parenthesis. It scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
 | |
| subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
 | |
| name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
 | |
| returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. We know that if (?P< is
 | |
| encountered, the name will be terminated by '>' because that is checked in the
 | |
| first pass. Recursion is used to keep track of subpatterns that reset the
 | |
| capturing group numbers - the (?| feature.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   ptrptr       address of the current character pointer (updated)
 | |
|   cd           compile background data
 | |
|   name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
 | |
|   lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
 | |
|   xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
 | |
|   count        pointer to the current capturing subpattern number (updated)
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:       the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| find_parens_sub(uschar **ptrptr, compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn,
 | |
|   BOOL xmode, int *count)
 | |
| {
 | |
| uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | |
| int start_count = *count;
 | |
| int hwm_count = start_count;
 | |
| BOOL dup_parens = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the first character is a parenthesis, check on the type of group we are
 | |
| dealing with. The very first call may not start with a parenthesis. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (ptr[0] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK &&
 | |
|       ptr[2] == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     ptr += 3;
 | |
|     dup_parens = TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle a normal, unnamed capturing parenthesis */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[1] != CHAR_ASTERISK)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *count += 1;
 | |
|     if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
 | |
|     ptr++;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle a condition. If it is an assertion, just carry on so that it
 | |
|   is processed as normal. If not, skip to the closing parenthesis of the
 | |
|   condition (there can't be any nested parens. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     ptr += 2;
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
 | |
|       if (*ptr != 0) ptr++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* We have either (? or (* and not a condition */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     ptr += 2;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_P) ptr++;                      /* Allow optional P */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> for named groups */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if ((*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK &&
 | |
|         ptr[1] != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) || *ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int term;
 | |
|       const uschar *thisname;
 | |
|       *count += 1;
 | |
|       if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
 | |
|       term = *ptr++;
 | |
|       if (term == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) term = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | |
|       thisname = ptr;
 | |
|       while (*ptr != term) ptr++;
 | |
|       if (name != NULL && lorn == ptr - thisname &&
 | |
|           strncmp((const char *)name, (const char *)thisname, lorn) == 0)
 | |
|         return *count;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Past any initial parenthesis handling, scan for parentheses or vertical
 | |
| bars. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   /* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
 | |
|       if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|       if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Skip over character classes; this logic must be similar to the way they
 | |
|   are handled for real. If the first character is '^', skip it. Also, if the
 | |
|   first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them
 | |
|   too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. Note the use of STR macros to
 | |
|   encode "Q\\E" so that it works in UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     BOOL negate_class = FALSE;
 | |
|     for (;;)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int c = *(++ptr);
 | |
|       if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|         else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1,
 | |
|                  STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
 | |
|           ptr += 3;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | |
|         negate_class = TRUE;
 | |
|       else break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If the next character is ']', it is a data character that must be
 | |
|     skipped, except in JavaScript compatibility mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | |
|         (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0)
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
 | |
|       if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|         if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
 | |
|           if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|           if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Skip comments in /x mode */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (xmode && *ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NL) {};
 | |
|     if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Check for the special metacharacters */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     int rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, count);
 | |
|     if (rc > 0) return rc;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (dup_parens && *count < hwm_count) *count = hwm_count;
 | |
|     *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
|     return -1;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (*ptr == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE && dup_parens)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (*count > hwm_count) hwm_count = *count;
 | |
|     *count = start_count;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| FAIL_EXIT:
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| return -1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *       Find forward referenced subpattern       *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
 | |
| subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
 | |
| name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
 | |
| returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward
 | |
| references to subpatterns. We used to be able to start this scan from the
 | |
| current compiling point, using the current count value from cd->bracount, and
 | |
| do it all in a single loop, but the addition of the possibility of duplicate
 | |
| subpattern numbers means that we have to scan from the very start, in order to
 | |
| take account of such duplicates, and to use a recursive function to keep track
 | |
| of the different types of group.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   cd           compile background data
 | |
|   name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
 | |
|   lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
 | |
|   xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:       the number of the found subpattern, or -1 if not found
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| find_parens(compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn, BOOL xmode)
 | |
| {
 | |
| uschar *ptr = (uschar *)cd->start_pattern;
 | |
| int count = 0;
 | |
| int rc;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the pattern does not start with an opening parenthesis, the first call
 | |
| to find_parens_sub() will scan right to the end (if necessary). However, if it
 | |
| does start with a parenthesis, find_parens_sub() will return when it hits the
 | |
| matching closing parens. That is why we have to have a loop. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, &count);
 | |
|   if (rc > 0 || *ptr++ == 0) break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| return rc;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *      Find first significant op code            *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
 | |
| for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
 | |
| that do not influence this. For some calls, a change of option is important.
 | |
| For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative forward and all backward
 | |
| assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it does not.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code         pointer to the start of the group
 | |
|   options      pointer to external options
 | |
|   optbit       the option bit whose changing is significant, or
 | |
|                  zero if none are
 | |
|   skipassert   TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:       pointer to the first significant opcode
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const uschar*
 | |
| first_significant_code(const uschar *code, int *options, int optbit,
 | |
|   BOOL skipassert)
 | |
| {
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   switch ((int)*code)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     case OP_OPT:
 | |
|     if (optbit > 0 && ((int)code[1] & optbit) != (*options & optbit))
 | |
|       *options = (int)code[1];
 | |
|     code += 2;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERTBACK:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
 | |
|     if (!skipassert) return code;
 | |
|     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | |
|     if (!skipassert) return code;
 | |
|     /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CALLOUT:
 | |
|     case OP_CREF:
 | |
|     case OP_RREF:
 | |
|     case OP_DEF:
 | |
|     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     return code;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| /* Control never reaches here */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *        Find the fixed length of a pattern      *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Scan a pattern and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
 | |
| if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
 | |
| In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code     points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
 | |
|   options  the compiling options
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:   the fixed length, or -1 if there is no fixed length,
 | |
|              or -2 if \C was encountered
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| find_fixedlength(uschar *code, int options)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int length = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| register int branchlength = 0;
 | |
| register uschar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
 | |
| branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int d;
 | |
|   register int op = *cc;
 | |
|   switch (op)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     case OP_CBRA:
 | |
|     case OP_BRA:
 | |
|     case OP_ONCE:
 | |
|     case OP_COND:
 | |
|     d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? 2:0), options);
 | |
|     if (d < 0) return d;
 | |
|     branchlength += d;
 | |
|     do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested
 | |
|     call. If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. If it is
 | |
|     END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by the same code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_ALT:
 | |
|     case OP_KET:
 | |
|     case OP_KETRMAX:
 | |
|     case OP_KETRMIN:
 | |
|     case OP_END:
 | |
|     if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
 | |
|       else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
 | |
|     if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
 | |
|     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     branchlength = 0;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERT:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERTBACK:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
 | |
|     do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Skip over things that don't match chars */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_REVERSE:
 | |
|     case OP_CREF:
 | |
|     case OP_RREF:
 | |
|     case OP_DEF:
 | |
|     case OP_OPT:
 | |
|     case OP_CALLOUT:
 | |
|     case OP_SOD:
 | |
|     case OP_SOM:
 | |
|     case OP_EOD:
 | |
|     case OP_EODN:
 | |
|     case OP_CIRC:
 | |
|     case OP_DOLL:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | |
|     case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | |
|     cc += _pcre_OP_lengths[*cc];
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle literal characters */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_CHARNC:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT:
 | |
|     branchlength++;
 | |
|     cc += 2;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while ((*cc & 0xc0) == 0x80) cc++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
 | |
|     need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode.  */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_EXACT:
 | |
|     branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
 | |
|     cc += 4;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while((*cc & 0x80) == 0x80) cc++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | |
|     branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
 | |
|     if (cc[3] == OP_PROP || cc[3] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2;
 | |
|     cc += 4;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle single-char matchers */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_PROP:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPROP:
 | |
|     cc += 2;
 | |
|     /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | |
|     case OP_DIGIT:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_ANY:
 | |
|     case OP_ALLANY:
 | |
|     branchlength++;
 | |
|     cc++;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_ANYBYTE:
 | |
|     return -2;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Check a class for variable quantification */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     case OP_XCLASS:
 | |
|     cc += GET(cc, 1) - 33;
 | |
|     /* Fall through */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CLASS:
 | |
|     case OP_NCLASS:
 | |
|     cc += 33;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     switch (*cc)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_CRSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_CRQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINQUERY:
 | |
|       return -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_CRRANGE:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINRANGE:
 | |
|       if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,3)) return -1;
 | |
|       branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
 | |
|       cc += 5;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|       branchlength++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Anything else is variable length */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     return -1;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| /* Control never gets here */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *    Scan compiled regex for numbered bracket    *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
 | |
| capturing bracket with the given number.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code        points to start of expression
 | |
|   utf8        TRUE in UTF-8 mode
 | |
|   number      the required bracket number
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:      pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const uschar *
 | |
| find_bracket(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8, int number)
 | |
| {
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   register int c = *code;
 | |
|   if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
 | |
|   map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
 | |
|   the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle capturing bracket */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (c == OP_CBRA)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     int n = GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|     if (n == number) return (uschar *)code;
 | |
|     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
 | |
|   repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
 | |
|   two bytes of parameters. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | |
|       if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | |
|       if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
 | |
|   a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
 | |
|   arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     if (utf8) switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|       case OP_CHARNC:
 | |
|       case OP_EXACT:
 | |
|       case OP_UPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_MINUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_POSUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_STAR:
 | |
|       case OP_MINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_POSSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_PLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_MINPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_POSPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_QUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_MINQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_POSQUERY:
 | |
|       if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     (void)(utf8);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *   Scan compiled regex for recursion reference  *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
 | |
| instance of OP_RECURSE.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code        points to start of expression
 | |
|   utf8        TRUE in UTF-8 mode
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:      pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const uschar *
 | |
| find_recurse(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8)
 | |
| {
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   register int c = *code;
 | |
|   if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
 | |
|   if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
 | |
|   map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
 | |
|   the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
 | |
|   repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
 | |
|   two bytes of parameters. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | |
|       if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | |
|       if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
 | |
|     by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
 | |
|     to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     if (utf8) switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|       case OP_CHARNC:
 | |
|       case OP_EXACT:
 | |
|       case OP_UPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_MINUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_POSUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_STAR:
 | |
|       case OP_MINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_POSSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_PLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_MINPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_POSPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_QUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_MINQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_POSQUERY:
 | |
|       if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     (void)(utf8);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *    Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness      *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
 | |
| can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty()
 | |
| below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a
 | |
| group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over
 | |
| backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we
 | |
| hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner
 | |
| bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code        points to start of search
 | |
|   endcode     points to where to stop
 | |
|   utf8        TRUE if in UTF8 mode
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| could_be_empty_branch(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, BOOL utf8)
 | |
| {
 | |
| register int c;
 | |
| for (code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code], NULL, 0, TRUE);
 | |
|      code < endcode;
 | |
|      code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[c], NULL, 0, TRUE))
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   const uschar *ccode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   c = *code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by
 | |
|   first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_ASSERT)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     c = *code;
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
 | |
|     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     c = *code;
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* For other groups, scan the branches. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_COND)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     BOOL empty_branch;
 | |
|     if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE;    /* Hit unclosed bracket */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied,
 | |
|     empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty.
 | |
|     Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT)
 | |
|       code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       empty_branch = FALSE;
 | |
|       do
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf8))
 | |
|           empty_branch = TRUE;
 | |
|         code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
|       if (!empty_branch) return FALSE;   /* All branches are non-empty */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     c = *code;
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle the other opcodes */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (c)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that
 | |
|     cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single
 | |
|     high-valued characters. The length in _pcre_OP_lengths[] is zero; the
 | |
|     actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code"
 | |
|     here. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     case OP_XCLASS:
 | |
|     ccode = code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|     goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CLASS:
 | |
|     case OP_NCLASS:
 | |
|     ccode = code + 33;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     switch (*ccode)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_CRSTAR:            /* These could be empty; continue */
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_CRQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINQUERY:
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:                   /* Non-repeat => class must match */
 | |
|       case OP_CRPLUS:            /* These repeats aren't empty */
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINPLUS:
 | |
|       return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_CRRANGE:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINRANGE:
 | |
|       if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE;  /* Minimum > 0 */
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Opcodes that must match a character */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_PROP:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPROP:
 | |
|     case OP_EXTUNI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | |
|     case OP_DIGIT:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_ANY:
 | |
|     case OP_ALLANY:
 | |
|     case OP_ANYBYTE:
 | |
|     case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_CHARNC:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT:
 | |
|     case OP_PLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_MINPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_POSPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_EXACT:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTEXACT:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to
 | |
|     fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | |
|     if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Same for these */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | |
|     if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* End of branch */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_KET:
 | |
|     case OP_KETRMAX:
 | |
|     case OP_KETRMIN:
 | |
|     case OP_ALT:
 | |
|     return TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO,
 | |
|     MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     case OP_STAR:
 | |
|     case OP_MINSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_POSSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_QUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_MINQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_POSQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_UPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_MINUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_POSUPTO:
 | |
|     if (utf8) while ((code[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *    Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness       *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
 | |
| the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
 | |
| string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
 | |
| stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code        points to start of the recursion
 | |
|   endcode     points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
 | |
|   bcptr       points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
 | |
|   utf8        TRUE if in UTF-8 mode
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| could_be_empty(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, branch_chain *bcptr,
 | |
|   BOOL utf8)
 | |
| {
 | |
| while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current >= code)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current, endcode, utf8)) return FALSE;
 | |
|   bcptr = bcptr->outer;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *           Check for POSIX class syntax         *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
 | |
| encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a
 | |
| sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we
 | |
| reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the
 | |
| terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters,
 | |
| though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an
 | |
| "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE
 | |
| didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:].
 | |
| 
 | |
| The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We
 | |
| have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX
 | |
| class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code
 | |
| below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape
 | |
| processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:]
 | |
| where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize
 | |
| "l\ower". This is a lesser evil that not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does,
 | |
| I think.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   ptr      pointer to the initial [
 | |
|   endptr   where to return the end pointer
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:   TRUE or FALSE
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| check_posix_syntax(const uschar *ptr, const uschar **endptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int terminator;          /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
 | |
| terminator = *(++ptr);   /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
 | |
| for (++ptr; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) ptr++; else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *endptr = ptr;
 | |
|       return TRUE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *          Check POSIX class name                *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
 | |
| such as [:alnum:].
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   ptr        points to the first letter
 | |
|   len        the length of the name
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:     a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| check_posix_name(const uschar *ptr, int len)
 | |
| {
 | |
| const char *pn = posix_names;
 | |
| register int yield = 0;
 | |
| while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
 | |
|     strncmp((const char *)ptr, pn, len) == 0) return yield;
 | |
|   pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1;
 | |
|   yield++;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| return -1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *    Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group   *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
 | |
| that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
 | |
| repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
 | |
| earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
 | |
| optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is
 | |
| inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE
 | |
| items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to
 | |
| have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it
 | |
| is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with
 | |
| OP_END.
 | |
| 
 | |
| This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for
 | |
| recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references
 | |
| for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in
 | |
| the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the
 | |
| value in the reference (which is a group number).
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   group      points to the start of the group
 | |
|   adjust     the amount by which the group is to be moved
 | |
|   utf8       TRUE in UTF-8 mode
 | |
|   cd         contains pointers to tables etc.
 | |
|   save_hwm   the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:     nothing
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| adjust_recurse(uschar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd,
 | |
|   uschar *save_hwm)
 | |
| {
 | |
| uschar *ptr = group;
 | |
| 
 | |
| while ((ptr = (uschar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf8)) != NULL)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int offset;
 | |
|   uschar *hc;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the
 | |
|   reference. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     offset = GET(hc, 0);
 | |
|     if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this
 | |
|   group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (hc >= cd->hwm)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     offset = GET(ptr, 1);
 | |
|     if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *        Insert an automatic callout point       *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
 | |
| callout points before each pattern item.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code           current code pointer
 | |
|   ptr            current pattern pointer
 | |
|   cd             pointers to tables etc
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         new code pointer
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static uschar *
 | |
| auto_callout(uschar *code, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
 | |
| *code++ = 255;
 | |
| PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern);  /* Pattern offset */
 | |
| PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                /* Default length */
 | |
| return code + 2*LINK_SIZE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *         Complete a callout item                *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
 | |
| we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
 | |
| for both automatic and manual callouts.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   previous_callout   points to previous callout item
 | |
|   ptr                current pattern pointer
 | |
|   cd                 pointers to tables etc
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:             nothing
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| complete_callout(uschar *previous_callout, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int length = ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2);
 | |
| PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *           Get othercase range                  *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
 | |
| with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for internal ranges of
 | |
| characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
 | |
| start address.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   cptr        points to starting character value; updated
 | |
|   d           end value
 | |
|   ocptr       where to put start of othercase range
 | |
|   odptr       where to put end of othercase range
 | |
| 
 | |
| Yield:        TRUE when range returned; FALSE when no more
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| get_othercase_range(unsigned int *cptr, unsigned int d, unsigned int *ocptr,
 | |
|   unsigned int *odptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| unsigned int c, othercase, next;
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
 | |
|   { if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (c > d) return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| *ocptr = othercase;
 | |
| next = othercase + 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (++c; c <= d; c++)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break;
 | |
|   next++;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *odptr = next - 1;
 | |
| *cptr = c;
 | |
| 
 | |
| return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *     Check if auto-possessifying is possible    *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see
 | |
| whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes
 | |
| sense to automatically possessify the repeated item.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   op_code       the repeated op code
 | |
|   this          data for this item, depends on the opcode
 | |
|   utf8          TRUE in UTF-8 mode
 | |
|   utf8_char     used for utf8 character bytes, NULL if not relevant
 | |
|   ptr           next character in pattern
 | |
|   options       options bits
 | |
|   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:        TRUE if possessifying is wanted
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| check_auto_possessive(int op_code, int item, BOOL utf8, uschar *utf8_char,
 | |
|   const uschar *ptr, int options, compile_data *cd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int next;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   for (;;)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while (*(++ptr) != 0)
 | |
|         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative
 | |
| value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int temperrorcode = 0;
 | |
|   next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
 | |
|   if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
 | |
|   ptr++;    /* Point after the escape sequence */
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| else if ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|   if (utf8) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   next = *ptr++;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| else return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   for (;;)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while (*(++ptr) != 0)
 | |
|         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
 | |
|   strncmp((char *)ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0)
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. If the previous is a
 | |
| positive single character match, "item" either contains the character or, if
 | |
| "item" is greater than 127 in utf8 mode, the character's bytes are in
 | |
| utf8_char. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Handle cases when the next item is a character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (next >= 0) switch(op_code)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   case OP_CHAR:
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|   if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
 | |
| #else
 | |
|   (void)(utf8_char);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   return item != next;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* For CHARNC (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have
 | |
|   Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of
 | |
|   high-valued characters. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_CHARNC:
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|   if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   if (item == next) return FALSE;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|   if (utf8)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     unsigned int othercase;
 | |
|     if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|     othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE((unsigned int)next);
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     othercase = NOTACHAR;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     return (unsigned int)item != othercase;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
 | |
|   return (item != cd->fcc[next]);  /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* For OP_NOT, "item" must be a single-byte character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT:
 | |
|   if (item == next) return TRUE;
 | |
|   if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0) return FALSE;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|   if (utf8)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     unsigned int othercase;
 | |
|     if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|     othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next);
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     othercase = NOTACHAR;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     return (unsigned int)item == othercase;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
 | |
|   return (item == cd->fcc[next]);  /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_DIGIT:
 | |
|   return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | |
|   return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|   return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|   return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|   return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|   return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_HSPACE:
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
 | |
|   switch(next)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     case 0x09:
 | |
|     case 0x20:
 | |
|     case 0xa0:
 | |
|     case 0x1680:
 | |
|     case 0x180e:
 | |
|     case 0x2000:
 | |
|     case 0x2001:
 | |
|     case 0x2002:
 | |
|     case 0x2003:
 | |
|     case 0x2004:
 | |
|     case 0x2005:
 | |
|     case 0x2006:
 | |
|     case 0x2007:
 | |
|     case 0x2008:
 | |
|     case 0x2009:
 | |
|     case 0x200A:
 | |
|     case 0x202f:
 | |
|     case 0x205f:
 | |
|     case 0x3000:
 | |
|     return op_code != OP_HSPACE;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     return op_code == OP_HSPACE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_VSPACE:
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
 | |
|   switch(next)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     case 0x0a:
 | |
|     case 0x0b:
 | |
|     case 0x0c:
 | |
|     case 0x0d:
 | |
|     case 0x85:
 | |
|     case 0x2028:
 | |
|     case 0x2029:
 | |
|     return op_code != OP_VSPACE;
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     return op_code == OP_VSPACE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   default:
 | |
|   return FALSE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| switch(op_code)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|   case OP_CHARNC:
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|   if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   switch(-next)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     case ESC_d:
 | |
|     return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_digit) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_D:
 | |
|     return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_digit) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_s:
 | |
|     return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_space) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_S:
 | |
|     return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_space) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_w:
 | |
|     return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_word) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_W:
 | |
|     return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_word) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_h:
 | |
|     case ESC_H:
 | |
|     switch(item)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case 0x09:
 | |
|       case 0x20:
 | |
|       case 0xa0:
 | |
|       case 0x1680:
 | |
|       case 0x180e:
 | |
|       case 0x2000:
 | |
|       case 0x2001:
 | |
|       case 0x2002:
 | |
|       case 0x2003:
 | |
|       case 0x2004:
 | |
|       case 0x2005:
 | |
|       case 0x2006:
 | |
|       case 0x2007:
 | |
|       case 0x2008:
 | |
|       case 0x2009:
 | |
|       case 0x200A:
 | |
|       case 0x202f:
 | |
|       case 0x205f:
 | |
|       case 0x3000:
 | |
|       return -next != ESC_h;
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|       return -next == ESC_h;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_v:
 | |
|     case ESC_V:
 | |
|     switch(item)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case 0x0a:
 | |
|       case 0x0b:
 | |
|       case 0x0c:
 | |
|       case 0x0d:
 | |
|       case 0x85:
 | |
|       case 0x2028:
 | |
|       case 0x2029:
 | |
|       return -next != ESC_v;
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|       return -next == ESC_v;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_DIGIT:
 | |
|   return next == -ESC_D || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_W ||
 | |
|          next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | |
|   return next == -ESC_d;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|   return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|   return next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_HSPACE:
 | |
|   return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_H || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
 | |
|   return next == -ESC_h;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */
 | |
|   case OP_VSPACE:
 | |
|   return next == -ESC_V || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
 | |
|   return next == -ESC_v;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|   return next == -ESC_W || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|   return next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_d;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   default:
 | |
|   return FALSE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Control does not reach here */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *           Compile one branch                   *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are
 | |
| changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
 | |
| bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying
 | |
| to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile
 | |
| phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   optionsptr     pointer to the option bits
 | |
|   codeptr        points to the pointer to the current code point
 | |
|   ptrptr         points to the current pattern pointer
 | |
|   errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
 | |
|   firstbyteptr   set to initial literal character, or < 0 (REQ_UNSET, REQ_NONE)
 | |
|   reqbyteptr     set to the last literal character required, else < 0
 | |
|   bcptr          points to current branch chain
 | |
|   cd             contains pointers to tables etc.
 | |
|   lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
 | |
|                  points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         TRUE on success
 | |
|                  FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| compile_branch(int *optionsptr, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
 | |
|   int *errorcodeptr, int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr,
 | |
|   compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int repeat_type, op_type;
 | |
| int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0;      /* To please picky compilers */
 | |
| int bravalue = 0;
 | |
| int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
 | |
| int firstbyte, reqbyte;
 | |
| int zeroreqbyte, zerofirstbyte;
 | |
| int req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
 | |
| int options = *optionsptr;
 | |
| int after_manual_callout = 0;
 | |
| int length_prevgroup = 0;
 | |
| register int c;
 | |
| register uschar *code = *codeptr;
 | |
| uschar *last_code = code;
 | |
| uschar *orig_code = code;
 | |
| uschar *tempcode;
 | |
| BOOL inescq = FALSE;
 | |
| BOOL groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
 | |
| const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | |
| const uschar *tempptr;
 | |
| uschar *previous = NULL;
 | |
| uschar *previous_callout = NULL;
 | |
| uschar *save_hwm = NULL;
 | |
| uschar classbits[32];
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
| BOOL class_utf8;
 | |
| BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
 | |
| uschar *class_utf8data;
 | |
| uschar *class_utf8data_base;
 | |
| uschar utf8_char[6];
 | |
| #else
 | |
| BOOL utf8 = FALSE;
 | |
| uschar *utf8_char = NULL;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n"));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
 | |
| 
 | |
| greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
 | |
| greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
 | |
| matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
 | |
| matches a non-fixed char first char; reqbyte just remains unset if we never
 | |
| find one.
 | |
| 
 | |
| When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
 | |
| to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
 | |
| zerofirstbyte and zeroreqbyte when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
 | |
| item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| firstbyte = reqbyte = zerofirstbyte = zeroreqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero,
 | |
| according to the current setting of the caseless flag. REQ_CASELESS is a bit
 | |
| value > 255. It is added into the firstbyte or reqbyte variables to record the
 | |
| case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (;; ptr++)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   BOOL negate_class;
 | |
|   BOOL should_flip_negation;
 | |
|   BOOL possessive_quantifier;
 | |
|   BOOL is_quantifier;
 | |
|   BOOL is_recurse;
 | |
|   BOOL reset_bracount;
 | |
|   int class_charcount;
 | |
|   int class_lastchar;
 | |
|   int newoptions;
 | |
|   int recno;
 | |
|   int refsign;
 | |
|   int skipbytes;
 | |
|   int subreqbyte;
 | |
|   int subfirstbyte;
 | |
|   int terminator;
 | |
|   int mclength;
 | |
|   uschar mcbuffer[8];
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Get next byte in the pattern */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   c = *ptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
 | |
|   previous cycle of this loop. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|     {
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code;                 /* High water info */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     if (code > cd->start_workspace + COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) /* Check for overrun */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
 | |
|     case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time,
 | |
|     the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to
 | |
|     allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     *lengthptr += code - last_code;
 | |
|     DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c\n", *lengthptr, code - last_code, c));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move
 | |
|     it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise,
 | |
|     if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (previous != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (previous > orig_code)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         memmove(orig_code, previous, code - previous);
 | |
|         code -= previous - orig_code;
 | |
|         previous = orig_code;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else code = orig_code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length
 | |
|     next time round. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     last_code = code;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward
 | |
|   reference list. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
 | |
|     goto FAILED;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (inescq && c != 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       inescq = FALSE;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (previous_callout != NULL)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (lengthptr == NULL)  /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
 | |
|           complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
 | |
|         previous_callout = NULL;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         previous_callout = code;
 | |
|         code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       goto NORMAL_CHAR;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is
 | |
|   a quantifier. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   is_quantifier =
 | |
|     c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
 | |
|     (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL &&
 | |
|        after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (lengthptr == NULL)      /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
 | |
|       complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
 | |
|     previous_callout = NULL;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if ((cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while (*(++ptr) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       if (*ptr != 0) continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Else fall through to handle end of string */
 | |
|       c = 0;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* No auto callout for quantifiers. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     previous_callout = code;
 | |
|     code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch(c)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     case 0:                        /* The branch terminates at string end */
 | |
|     case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:       /* or | or ) */
 | |
|     case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS:
 | |
|     *firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
 | |
|     *reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
 | |
|     *codeptr = code;
 | |
|     *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
|     if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|         goto FAILED;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       *lengthptr += code - last_code;   /* To include callout length */
 | |
|       DPRINTF((">> end branch\n"));
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     return TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
 | |
|     the setting of any following char as a first character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT:
 | |
|     if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     previous = NULL;
 | |
|     *code++ = OP_CIRC;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN:
 | |
|     previous = NULL;
 | |
|     *code++ = OP_DOLL;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
 | |
|     repeats. The value of reqbyte doesn't change either. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_DOT:
 | |
|     if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|     zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | |
|     zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | |
|     previous = code;
 | |
|     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a
 | |
|     32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case
 | |
|     where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the
 | |
|     map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode
 | |
|     so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
 | |
|     opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
 | |
|     but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
 | |
|     whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In
 | |
|     default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
 | |
|     if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR64;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     goto NORMAL_CHAR;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
 | |
|     previous = code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
 | |
|     they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
 | |
|          ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
 | |
|         check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also,
 | |
|     if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we
 | |
|     skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     negate_class = FALSE;
 | |
|     for (;;)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       c = *(++ptr);
 | |
|       if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|         else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1,
 | |
|                           STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
 | |
|           ptr += 3;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | |
|         negate_class = TRUE;
 | |
|       else break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise,
 | |
|     an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles
 | |
|     that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas
 | |
|     [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | |
|         (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL;
 | |
|       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|       zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the
 | |
|     negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works
 | |
|     correctly (they are all included in the class). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     should_flip_negation = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Keep a count of chars with values < 256 so that we can optimize the case
 | |
|     of just a single character (as long as it's < 256). However, For higher
 | |
|     valued UTF-8 characters, we don't yet do any optimization. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     class_charcount = 0;
 | |
|     class_lastchar = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a
 | |
|     temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains only 1 character (less
 | |
|     than 256), because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit map.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uschar));
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     class_utf8 = FALSE;                       /* No chars >= 256 */
 | |
|     class_utf8data = code + LINK_SIZE + 2;    /* For UTF-8 items */
 | |
|     class_utf8data_base = class_utf8data;     /* For resetting in pass 1 */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
 | |
|     means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the
 | |
|     loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c != 0) do
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       const uschar *oldptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|       if (utf8 && c > 127)
 | |
|         {                           /* Braces are required because the */
 | |
|         GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any UTF-8 extra
 | |
|       data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that
 | |
|       contain a zillion UTF-8 characters no longer overwrite the work space
 | |
|       (which is on the stack). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *lengthptr += class_utf8data - class_utf8data_base;
 | |
|         class_utf8data = class_utf8data_base;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (inescq)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)  /* If we are at \E */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           inescq = FALSE;                   /* Reset literal state */
 | |
|           ptr++;                            /* Skip the 'E' */
 | |
|           continue;                         /* Carry on with next */
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         goto CHECK_RANGE;                   /* Could be range if \E follows */
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
 | |
|       form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
 | |
|       treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
 | |
|       [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
 | |
|       5.6 and 5.8 do. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | |
|           (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
 | |
|            ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
 | |
|         int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt;
 | |
|         register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
 | |
|         uschar pbits[32];
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR31;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         ptr += 2;
 | |
|         if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           local_negate = TRUE;
 | |
|           should_flip_negation = TRUE;  /* Note negative special */
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, tempptr - ptr);
 | |
|         if (posix_class < 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR30;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
 | |
|         alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
 | |
|         alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
 | |
|           posix_class = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* We build the bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store
 | |
|         because we may be adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to
 | |
|         subtract bits that may be in the main map already. At the end we or the
 | |
|         result into the bit map that is being built. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         posix_class *= 3;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Copy in the first table (always present) */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
 | |
|           32 * sizeof(uschar));
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
 | |
|         tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (taboffset >= 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (tabopt >= 0)
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset];
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset];
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Not see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
 | |
|         value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
 | |
|         if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
 | |
|           else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
 | |
|         being built and we are done. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (local_negate)
 | |
|           for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c];
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c];
 | |
| 
 | |
|         ptr = tempptr + 1;
 | |
|         class_charcount = 10;  /* Set > 1; assumes more than 1 per class */
 | |
|         continue;    /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
 | |
|       of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special
 | |
|       case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace.
 | |
|       Elsewhere it marks a word boundary. Other escapes have preset maps ready
 | |
|       to 'or' into the one we are building. We assume they have more than one
 | |
|       character in them, so set class_charcount bigger than one. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
 | |
|         if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (-c == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS;       /* \b is backspace in a class */
 | |
|         else if (-c == ESC_X) c = CHAR_X;   /* \X is literal X in a class */
 | |
|         else if (-c == ESC_R) c = CHAR_R;   /* \R is literal R in a class */
 | |
|         else if (-c == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else inescq = TRUE;
 | |
|           continue;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else if (-c == ESC_E) continue;  /* Ignore orphan \E */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (c < 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
 | |
|           class_charcount += 2;     /* Greater than 1 is what matters */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Save time by not doing this in the pre-compile phase. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (lengthptr == NULL) switch (-c)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             case ESC_d:
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_D:
 | |
|             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_w:
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_W:
 | |
|             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_s:
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
 | |
|             classbits[1] &= ~0x08;   /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_S:
 | |
|             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
 | |
|             classbits[1] |= 0x08;    /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             default:    /* Not recognized; fall through */
 | |
|             break;      /* Need "default" setting to stop compiler warning. */
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* In the pre-compile phase, just do the recognition. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           else if (c == -ESC_d || c == -ESC_D || c == -ESC_w ||
 | |
|                    c == -ESC_W || c == -ESC_s || c == -ESC_S) continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* We need to deal with \H, \h, \V, and \v in both phases because
 | |
|           they use extra memory. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (-c == ESC_h)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             SETBIT(classbits, 0x09); /* VT */
 | |
|             SETBIT(classbits, 0x20); /* SPACE */
 | |
|             SETBIT(classbits, 0xa0); /* NSBP */
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|             if (utf8)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1680, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180e, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2000, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200A, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202f, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205f, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3000, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (-c == ESC_H)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               int x = 0xff;
 | |
|               switch (c)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 case 0x09/8: x ^= 1 << (0x09%8); break;
 | |
|                 case 0x20/8: x ^= 1 << (0x20%8); break;
 | |
|                 case 0xa0/8: x ^= 1 << (0xa0%8); break;
 | |
|                 default: break;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               classbits[c] |= x;
 | |
|               }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|             if (utf8)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x167f, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1681, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180d, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180f, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1fff, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200B, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202e, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2030, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205e, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2060, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2fff, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3001, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (-c == ESC_v)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0a); /* LF */
 | |
|             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0b); /* VT */
 | |
|             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0c); /* FF */
 | |
|             SETBIT(classbits, 0x0d); /* CR */
 | |
|             SETBIT(classbits, 0x85); /* NEL */
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|             if (utf8)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2028, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (-c == ESC_V)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               int x = 0xff;
 | |
|               switch (c)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 case 0x0a/8: x ^= 1 << (0x0a%8);
 | |
|                              x ^= 1 << (0x0b%8);
 | |
|                              x ^= 1 << (0x0c%8);
 | |
|                              x ^= 1 << (0x0d%8);
 | |
|                              break;
 | |
|                 case 0x85/8: x ^= 1 << (0x85%8); break;
 | |
|                 default: break;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               classbits[c] |= x;
 | |
|               }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|             if (utf8)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2027, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* We need to deal with \P and \p in both phases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|           if (-c == ESC_p || -c == ESC_P)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             BOOL negated;
 | |
|             int pdata;
 | |
|             int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
 | |
|             if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
|             class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | |
|             *class_utf8data++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)?
 | |
|               XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
 | |
|             *class_utf8data++ = ptype;
 | |
|             *class_utf8data++ = pdata;
 | |
|             class_charcount -= 2;   /* Not a < 256 character */
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|           /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
 | |
|           strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
 | |
|           treated as literals. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR7;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           class_charcount -= 2;  /* Undo the default count from above */
 | |
|           c = *ptr;              /* Get the final character and fall through */
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Fall through if we have a single character (c >= 0). This may be
 | |
|         greater than 256 in UTF-8 mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         }   /* End of backslash handling */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* A single character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However,
 | |
|       Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character
 | |
|       at the end is treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences
 | |
|       entirely. The code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       CHECK_RANGE:
 | |
|       while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         inescq = FALSE;
 | |
|         ptr += 2;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       oldptr = ptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Remember \r or \n */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Check for range */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         int d;
 | |
|         ptr += 2;
 | |
|         while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped
 | |
|         mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           ptr += 2;
 | |
|           if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|             { ptr += 2; continue; }
 | |
|           inescq = TRUE;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (*ptr == 0 || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET))
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           ptr = oldptr;
 | |
|           goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|         if (utf8)
 | |
|           {                           /* Braces are required because the */
 | |
|           GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         d = *ptr;  /* Not UTF-8 mode */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but
 | |
|         not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal
 | |
|         in such circumstances. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (!inescq && d == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           d = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
 | |
|           if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* \b is backspace; \X is literal X; \R is literal R; any other
 | |
|           special means the '-' was literal */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (d < 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (d == -ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS;
 | |
|             else if (d == -ESC_X) d = CHAR_X;
 | |
|             else if (d == -ESC_R) d = CHAR_R; else
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               ptr = oldptr;
 | |
|               goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize
 | |
|         one-character ranges */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (d < c)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR8;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (d == c) goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Remember \r or \n */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In UTF-8 mode, if the upper limit is > 255, or > 127 for caseless
 | |
|         matching, we have to use an XCLASS with extra data items. Caseless
 | |
|         matching for characters > 127 is available only if UCP support is
 | |
|         available. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|         if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127)))
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* With UCP support, we can find the other case equivalents of
 | |
|           the relevant characters. There may be several ranges. Optimize how
 | |
|           they fit with the basic range. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|           if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             unsigned int occ, ocd;
 | |
|             unsigned int cc = c;
 | |
|             unsigned int origd = d;
 | |
|             while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd))
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               if (occ >= (unsigned int)c &&
 | |
|                   ocd <= (unsigned int)d)
 | |
|                 continue;                          /* Skip embedded ranges */
 | |
| 
 | |
|               if (occ < (unsigned int)c  &&
 | |
|                   ocd >= (unsigned int)c - 1)      /* Extend the basic range */
 | |
|                 {                                  /* if there is overlap,   */
 | |
|                 c = occ;                           /* noting that if occ < c */
 | |
|                 continue;                          /* we can't have ocd > d  */
 | |
|                 }                                  /* because a subrange is  */
 | |
|               if (ocd > (unsigned int)d &&
 | |
|                   occ <= (unsigned int)d + 1)      /* always shorter than    */
 | |
|                 {                                  /* the basic range.       */
 | |
|                 d = ocd;
 | |
|                 continue;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
| 
 | |
|               if (occ == ocd)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               else
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|                 class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, class_utf8data);
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, class_utf8data);
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Now record the original range, possibly modified for UCP caseless
 | |
|           overlapping ranges. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|           class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
 | |
|           class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(d, class_utf8data);
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* With UCP support, we are done. Without UCP support, there is no
 | |
|           caseless matching for UTF-8 characters > 127; we can use the bit map
 | |
|           for the smaller ones. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|           continue;    /* With next character in the class */
 | |
| #else
 | |
|           if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           d = 127;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
 | |
|           }
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* We use the bit map for all cases when not in UTF-8 mode; else
 | |
|         ranges that lie entirely within 0-127 when there is UCP support; else
 | |
|         for partial ranges without UCP support. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         class_charcount += d - c + 1;
 | |
|         class_lastchar = d;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* We can save a bit of time by skipping this in the pre-compile. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (lengthptr == NULL) for (; c <= d; c++)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
 | |
|           if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             int uc = cd->fcc[c];           /* flip case */
 | |
|             classbits[uc/8] |= (1 << (uc&7));
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         continue;   /* Go get the next char in the class */
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Handle a lone single character - we can get here for a normal
 | |
|       non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an
 | |
|       apparent range that isn't. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Handle a character that cannot go in the bit map */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|       if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127)))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | |
|         *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | |
|         class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           unsigned int othercase;
 | |
|           if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | |
|             class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, class_utf8data);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Handle a single-byte character */
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
 | |
|         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           c = cd->fcc[c];   /* flip case */
 | |
|           classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         class_charcount++;
 | |
|         class_lastchar = c;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" above. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c == 0)                          /* Missing terminating ']' */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR6;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This code has been disabled because it would mean that \s counts as
 | |
| an explicit \r or \n reference, and that's not really what is wanted. Now
 | |
| we set the flag only if there is a literal "\r" or "\n" in the class. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if 0
 | |
|     /* Remember whether \r or \n are in this class */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (negate_class)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if ((classbits[1] & 0x24) != 0x24) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if ((classbits[1] & 0x24) != 0) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If class_charcount is 1, we saw precisely one character whose value is
 | |
|     less than 256. As long as there were no characters >= 128 and there was no
 | |
|     use of \p or \P, in other words, no use of any XCLASS features, we can
 | |
|     optimize.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     In UTF-8 mode, we can optimize the negative case only if there were no
 | |
|     characters >= 128 because OP_NOT and the related opcodes like OP_NOTSTAR
 | |
|     operate on single-bytes only. This is an historical hangover. Maybe one day
 | |
|     we can tidy these opcodes to handle multi-byte characters.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     The optimization throws away the bit map. We turn the item into a
 | |
|     1-character OP_CHAR[NC] if it's positive, or OP_NOT if it's negative. Note
 | |
|     that OP_NOT does not support multibyte characters. In the positive case, it
 | |
|     can cause firstbyte to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if
 | |
|     this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of
 | |
|     reqbyte, save the previous value for reinstating. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     if (class_charcount == 1 && !class_utf8 &&
 | |
|       (!utf8 || !negate_class || class_lastchar < 128))
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     if (class_charcount == 1)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The OP_NOT opcode works on one-byte characters only. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (negate_class)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_NOT;
 | |
|         *code++ = class_lastchar;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
 | |
|       then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|       if (utf8 && class_lastchar > 127)
 | |
|         mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(class_lastchar, mcbuffer);
 | |
|       else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         mcbuffer[0] = class_lastchar;
 | |
|         mclength = 1;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       goto ONE_CHAR;
 | |
|       }       /* End of 1-char optimization */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* The general case - not the one-char optimization. If this is the first
 | |
|     thing in the branch, there can be no first char setting, whatever the
 | |
|     repeat count. Any reqbyte setting must remain unchanged after any kind of
 | |
|     repeat. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|     zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | |
|     zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
 | |
|     extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special
 | |
|     such as \S in the class, because in that case all characters > 255 are in
 | |
|     the class, so any that were explicitly given as well can be ignored. If
 | |
|     (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must be listed) there are no
 | |
|     characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the actual compiled code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     if (class_utf8 && !should_flip_negation)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *class_utf8data++ = XCL_END;    /* Marks the end of extra data */
 | |
|       *code++ = OP_XCLASS;
 | |
|       code += LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|       *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT : 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
 | |
|       otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (class_charcount > 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *code++ |= XCL_MAP;
 | |
|         memmove(code + 32, code, class_utf8data - code);
 | |
|         memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
 | |
|         code = class_utf8data + 32;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else code = class_utf8data;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       PUT(previous, 1, code - previous);
 | |
|       break;   /* End of class handling */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If there are no characters > 255, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or
 | |
|     OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the whole class was negated and whether
 | |
|     there were negative specials such as \S in the class. Then copy the 32-byte
 | |
|     map into the code vector, negating it if necessary. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS;
 | |
|     if (negate_class)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (lengthptr == NULL)    /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
 | |
|         for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) code[c] = ~classbits[c];
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     code += 32;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
 | |
|     has been tested above. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET:
 | |
|     if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
 | |
|     ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
 | |
|     if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
|     goto REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_ASTERISK:
 | |
|     repeat_min = 0;
 | |
|     repeat_max = -1;
 | |
|     goto REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_PLUS:
 | |
|     repeat_min = 1;
 | |
|     repeat_max = -1;
 | |
|     goto REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK:
 | |
|     repeat_min = 0;
 | |
|     repeat_max = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     REPEAT:
 | |
|     if (previous == NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR9;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (repeat_min == 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       firstbyte = zerofirstbyte;    /* Adjust for zero repeat */
 | |
|       reqbyte = zeroreqbyte;        /* Ditto */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     op_type = 0;                    /* Default single-char op codes */
 | |
|     possessive_quantifier = FALSE;  /* Default not possessive quantifier */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up to make space
 | |
|     for an inserted OP_ONCE for the additional '+' extension. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     tempcode = previous;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
 | |
|     implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
 | |
|     If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
 | |
|     but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
 | |
|     repeat type to the non-default. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       repeat_type = 0;                  /* Force greedy */
 | |
|       possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else repeat_type = greedy_default;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous was a character match, abolish the item and generate a
 | |
|     repeat item instead. If a char item has a minumum of more than one, ensure
 | |
|     that it is set in reqbyte - it might not be if a sequence such as x{3} is
 | |
|     the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone into firstbyte
 | |
|     instead.  */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARNC)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       /* Deal with UTF-8 characters that take up more than one byte. It's
 | |
|       easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
 | |
|       hold the length of the character in bytes, plus 0x80 to flag that it's a
 | |
|       length rather than a small character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|       if (utf8 && (code[-1] & 0x80) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         uschar *lastchar = code - 1;
 | |
|         while((*lastchar & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastchar--;
 | |
|         c = code - lastchar;            /* Length of UTF-8 character */
 | |
|         memcpy(utf8_char, lastchar, c); /* Save the char */
 | |
|         c |= 0x80;                      /* Flag c as a length */
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Handle the case of a single byte - either with no UTF8 support, or
 | |
|       with UTF-8 disabled, or for a UTF-8 character < 128. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         c = code[-1];
 | |
|         if (repeat_min > 1) reqbyte = c | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on
 | |
|       the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so,
 | |
|       automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case
 | |
|       where the match fails. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
 | |
|           repeat_max < 0 &&
 | |
|           check_auto_possessive(*previous, c, utf8, utf8_char, ptr + 1,
 | |
|             options, cd))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
 | |
|         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;   /* Code shared with single character types */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous was a single negated character ([^a] or similar), we use
 | |
|     one of the special opcodes, replacing it. The code is shared with single-
 | |
|     character repeats by setting opt_type to add a suitable offset into
 | |
|     repeat_type. We can also test for auto-possessification. OP_NOT is
 | |
|     currently used only for single-byte chars. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*previous == OP_NOT)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use "not" opcodes */
 | |
|       c = previous[1];
 | |
|       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
 | |
|           repeat_max < 0 &&
 | |
|           check_auto_possessive(OP_NOT, c, utf8, NULL, ptr + 1, options, cd))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
 | |
|         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
 | |
|     create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
 | |
|     repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
 | |
|     the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
 | |
|     defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
 | |
|     makes it horribly messy. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       uschar *oldcode;
 | |
|       int prop_type, prop_value;
 | |
|       op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use type opcodes */
 | |
|       c = *previous;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
 | |
|           repeat_max < 0 &&
 | |
|           check_auto_possessive(c, 0, utf8, NULL, ptr + 1, options, cd))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
 | |
|         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
 | |
|       if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         prop_type = previous[1];
 | |
|         prop_value = previous[2];
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else prop_type = prop_value = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       oldcode = code;
 | |
|       code = previous;                  /* Usually overwrite previous item */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
 | |
|       this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
 | |
|       one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       repeat_type += op_type;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
 | |
|       an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_min == 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
 | |
|           else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | |
|           PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
 | |
|       maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
 | |
|       left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
 | |
|       one less than the maximum. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (repeat_min == 1)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (repeat_max == -1)
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           code = oldcode;                 /* leave previous item in place */
 | |
|           if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | |
|           PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
 | |
|       handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type;  /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
 | |
|         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
 | |
|         we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
 | |
|         Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the
 | |
|         required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
 | |
|         c, with the 0x80 bit as a flag. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (repeat_max < 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|           if (utf8 && c >= 128)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
 | |
|             code += c & 7;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code++ = c;
 | |
|             if (prop_type >= 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *code++ = prop_type;
 | |
|               *code++ = prop_value;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
 | |
|         preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the
 | |
|         UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
 | |
|           {
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|           if (utf8 && c >= 128)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
 | |
|             code += c & 7;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|           *code++ = c;
 | |
|           if (prop_type >= 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code++ = prop_type;
 | |
|             *code++ = prop_value;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           repeat_max -= repeat_min;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (repeat_max == 1)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | |
|             PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|       if (utf8 && c >= 128)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
 | |
|         code += c & 7;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       *code++ = c;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that
 | |
|       define the required property. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|       if (prop_type >= 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *code++ = prop_type;
 | |
|         *code++ = prop_value;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
 | |
|     stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*previous == OP_CLASS ||
 | |
|              *previous == OP_NCLASS ||
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|              *previous == OP_XCLASS ||
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|              *previous == OP_REF)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (repeat_max == 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         code = previous;
 | |
|         goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
 | |
|       one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
 | |
|       else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
 | |
|       else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
 | |
|         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
 | |
|         if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0;  /* 2-byte encoding for max */
 | |
|         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
 | |
|     cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*previous == OP_BRA  || *previous == OP_CBRA ||
 | |
|              *previous == OP_ONCE || *previous == OP_COND)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       register int i;
 | |
|       int ketoffset = 0;
 | |
|       int len = code - previous;
 | |
|       uschar *bralink = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR55;
 | |
|         goto FAILED;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the maximum repeat count is unlimited, find the end of the bracket
 | |
|       by scanning through from the start, and compute the offset back to it
 | |
|       from the current code pointer. There may be an OP_OPT setting following
 | |
|       the final KET, so we can't find the end just by going back from the code
 | |
|       pointer. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_max == -1)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         register uschar *ket = previous;
 | |
|         do ket += GET(ket, 1); while (*ket != OP_KET);
 | |
|         ketoffset = code - ket;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
 | |
|       OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
 | |
|       data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
 | |
|       this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
 | |
|       the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
 | |
|       minimum is zero. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_min == 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the
 | |
|         output altogether, like this:
 | |
| 
 | |
|         ** if (repeat_max == 0)
 | |
|         **   {
 | |
|         **   code = previous;
 | |
|         **   goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
|         **   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         However, that fails when a group is referenced as a subroutine from
 | |
|         elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in OP_SKIPZERO in front of it
 | |
|         so that it is skipped on execution. As we don't have a list of which
 | |
|         groups are referenced, we cannot do this selectively.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO
 | |
|         and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any
 | |
|         OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any
 | |
|         internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the
 | |
|         start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing
 | |
|         this. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (repeat_max <= 1)    /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *code = OP_END;
 | |
|           adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
 | |
|           memmove(previous+1, previous, len);
 | |
|           code++;
 | |
|           if (repeat_max == 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO;
 | |
|             goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
 | |
|         in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
 | |
|         The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
 | |
|         copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
 | |
|         that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
 | |
|         adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
 | |
|         again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int offset;
 | |
|           *code = OP_END;
 | |
|           adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
 | |
|           memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, len);
 | |
|           code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|           *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | |
|           *previous++ = OP_BRA;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
 | |
|           filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : previous - bralink;
 | |
|           bralink = previous;
 | |
|           PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         repeat_max--;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
 | |
|       times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
 | |
|       copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
 | |
|       set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any
 | |
|       forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on
 | |
|       the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (repeat_min > 1)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
 | |
|           just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
 | |
|           potential integer overflow. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
 | |
|             if ((double)(repeat_min - 1)*(double)length_prevgroup >
 | |
|                                                             (double)INT_MAX ||
 | |
|                 OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             *lengthptr += delta;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* This is compiling for real */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (groupsetfirstbyte && reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
 | |
|             for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               uschar *hc;
 | |
|               uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
 | |
|               memcpy(code, previous, len);
 | |
|               for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len);
 | |
|                 cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               save_hwm = this_hwm;
 | |
|               code += len;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
 | |
|       the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
 | |
|       remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
 | |
|       the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
 | |
|       the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to
 | |
|       replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_max >= 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
 | |
|         just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1
 | |
|         to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must
 | |
|         add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
 | |
|         paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
 | |
|                       2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;   /* Last one doesn't nest */
 | |
|           if ((double)repeat_max *
 | |
|                 (double)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|                   > (double)INT_MAX ||
 | |
|               OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           *lengthptr += delta;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* This is compiling for real */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           uschar *hc;
 | |
|           uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
 | |
|           chain of brackets outstanding. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (i != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             int offset;
 | |
|             *code++ = OP_BRA;
 | |
|             offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : code - bralink;
 | |
|             bralink = code;
 | |
|             PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           memcpy(code, previous, len);
 | |
|           for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1));
 | |
|             cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           save_hwm = this_hwm;
 | |
|           code += len;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
 | |
|         fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         while (bralink != NULL)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int oldlinkoffset;
 | |
|           int offset = code - bralink + 1;
 | |
|           uschar *bra = code - offset;
 | |
|           oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
 | |
|           bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_KET;
 | |
|           PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
 | |
|           PUT(bra, 1, offset);
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. We
 | |
|       can't just offset backwards from the current code point, because we
 | |
|       don't know if there's been an options resetting after the ket. The
 | |
|       correct offset was computed above.
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Then, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see whether
 | |
|       this group is a non-atomic one that could match an empty string. If so,
 | |
|       convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
 | |
|       that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to
 | |
|       atomic groups at runtime, but in a different way.] */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         uschar *ketcode = code - ketoffset;
 | |
|         uschar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
 | |
|         *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
 | |
|         if (lengthptr == NULL && *bracode != OP_ONCE)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           uschar *scode = bracode;
 | |
|           do
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf8))
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
 | |
|               break;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             scode += GET(scode, 1);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           while (*scode == OP_ALT);
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in
 | |
|     JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is
 | |
|     by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat"
 | |
|     error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Else there's some kind of shambles */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR11;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization
 | |
|     tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some of the
 | |
|     simpler opcodes, there is an special alternative opcode for this. For
 | |
|     anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets.
 | |
|     The '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package,
 | |
|     but the special opcodes can optimize it a bit. The repeated item starts at
 | |
|     tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose
 | |
|     (former) last char we repeated.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But
 | |
|     an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the
 | |
|     length of what remains before proceeding. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (possessive_quantifier)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int len;
 | |
|       if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT ||
 | |
|           *tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT)
 | |
|         tempcode += _pcre_OP_lengths[*tempcode] +
 | |
|           ((*tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT &&
 | |
|              (tempcode[3] == OP_PROP || tempcode[3] == OP_NOTPROP))? 2:0);
 | |
|       len = code - tempcode;
 | |
|       if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         case OP_STAR:  *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break;
 | |
|         case OP_PLUS:  *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break;
 | |
|         case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break;
 | |
|         case OP_UPTO:  *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         case OP_TYPESTAR:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break;
 | |
|         case OP_TYPEPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break;
 | |
|         case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break;
 | |
|         case OP_TYPEUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         case OP_NOTSTAR:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOTPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOTUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         default:
 | |
|         memmove(tempcode + 1+LINK_SIZE, tempcode, len);
 | |
|         code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|         len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|         tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_KET;
 | |
|         PUTINC(code, 0, len);
 | |
|         PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
 | |
|     "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqbytes if
 | |
|     it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     END_REPEAT:
 | |
|     previous = NULL;
 | |
|     cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
 | |
|     lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended
 | |
|     parenthesis forms.  */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
 | |
|     newoptions = options;
 | |
|     skipbytes = 0;
 | |
|     bravalue = OP_CBRA;
 | |
|     save_hwm = cd->hwm;
 | |
|     reset_bracount = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_ASTERISK && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int i, namelen;
 | |
|       const char *vn = verbnames;
 | |
|       const uschar *name = ++ptr;
 | |
|       previous = NULL;
 | |
|       while ((cd->ctypes[*++ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) {};
 | |
|       if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR59;   /* Not supported */
 | |
|         goto FAILED;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
 | |
|         goto FAILED;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       namelen = ptr - name;
 | |
|       for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
 | |
|             strncmp((char *)name, vn, namelen) == 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *code = verbs[i].op;
 | |
|           if (*code++ == OP_ACCEPT) cd->had_accept = TRUE;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         vn += verbs[i].len + 1;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       if (i < verbcount) continue;
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the
 | |
|     appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int i, set, unset, namelen;
 | |
|       int *optset;
 | |
|       const uschar *name;
 | |
|       uschar *slot;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       switch (*(++ptr))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN:                 /* Comment; skip to ket */
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
 | |
|         if (*ptr == 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR18;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:  /* Reset capture count for each branch */
 | |
|         reset_bracount = TRUE;
 | |
|         /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_COLON:          /* Non-capturing bracket */
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_BRA;
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_COND;       /* Conditional group */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
 | |
|         group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to
 | |
|         recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used
 | |
|         by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')).
 | |
| 
 | |
|         There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can
 | |
|         be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed
 | |
|         by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits.
 | |
|         In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other
 | |
|         cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit
 | |
|         the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups,
 | |
|         including assertions, are processed. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && (ptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
 | |
|             ptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || ptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN))
 | |
|           break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF
 | |
|         below), and all need to skip 3 bytes at the start of the group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
 | |
|         skipbytes = 3;
 | |
|         refsign = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_R && ptr[2] == CHAR_AMPERSAND)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           terminator = -1;
 | |
|           ptr += 2;
 | |
|           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;    /* Change the type of test */
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl
 | |
|         syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           terminator = 0;
 | |
|           if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS || ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *(++ptr);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           ptr += 1;  /* To get the right offset */
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR28;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         recno = 0;
 | |
|         name = ++ptr;
 | |
|         while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (recno >= 0)
 | |
|             recno = ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)?
 | |
|               recno * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0 : -1;
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         namelen = ptr - name;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != terminator) ||
 | |
|             *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           ptr--;      /* Error offset */
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR26;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (lengthptr != NULL) break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual
 | |
|         reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to
 | |
|         be digits, in which case recno will be set. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (refsign > 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (recno <= 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)?
 | |
|             cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno +cd->bracount;
 | |
|           if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the
 | |
|         name. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         slot = cd->name_table;
 | |
|         for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0) break;
 | |
|           slot += cd->name_entry_size;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Found a previous named subpattern */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (i < cd->names_found)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           recno = GET2(slot, 0);
 | |
|           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Search the pattern for a forward reference */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if ((i = find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
 | |
|                         (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) > 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If terminator == 0 it means that the name followed directly after
 | |
|         the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there are
 | |
|         some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != 0
 | |
|         [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have
 | |
|         now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (terminator != 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a
 | |
|         specific group number. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (*name == CHAR_R)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           recno = 0;
 | |
|           for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if ((digitab[name[i]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY;
 | |
|           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;      /* Change test type */
 | |
|           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always
 | |
|         false. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (namelen == 6 && strncmp((char *)name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF;
 | |
|           skipbytes = 1;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. We are
 | |
|         in the second pass here, so final_bracount is set. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (recno > 0 && recno <= cd->final_bracount)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:                 /* Positive lookahead */
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:            /* Negative lookahead */
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)    /* Optimize (?!) */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_FAIL;
 | |
|           previous = NULL;
 | |
|           continue;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN:              /* Lookbehind or named define */
 | |
|         switch (ptr[1])
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:               /* Positive lookbehind */
 | |
|           bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
 | |
|           ptr += 2;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:          /* Negative lookbehind */
 | |
|           bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
 | |
|           ptr += 2;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           default:                /* Could be name define, else bad */
 | |
|           if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) goto DEFINE_NAME;
 | |
|           ptr++;                  /* Correct offset for error */
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR24;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN:           /* One-time brackets */
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_ONCE;
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_C:                 /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
 | |
|         previous_callout = code;  /* Save for later completion */
 | |
|         after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int n = 0;
 | |
|           while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0)
 | |
|             n = n * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0;
 | |
|           if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR39;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (n > 255)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR38;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           *code++ = n;
 | |
|           PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1);  /* Pattern offset */
 | |
|           PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                    /* Default length */
 | |
|           code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         previous = NULL;
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_P:              /* Python-style named subpattern handling */
 | |
|         if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
 | |
|             *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN)  /* Reference or recursion */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | |
|           terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | |
|           goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)  /* Test for Python-style defn */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR41;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         DEFINE_NAME:    /* Come here from (?< handling */
 | |
|         case CHAR_APOSTROPHE:
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
 | |
|             CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
 | |
|           name = ++ptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
 | |
|           namelen = ptr - name;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (*ptr != terminator)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR49;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             if (namelen + 3 > cd->name_entry_size)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               cd->name_entry_size = namelen + 3;
 | |
|               if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
 | |
|                 goto FAILED;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* In the real compile, create the entry in the table */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             slot = cd->name_table;
 | |
|             for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               int crc = memcmp(name, slot+2, namelen);
 | |
|               if (crc == 0)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 if (slot[2+namelen] == 0)
 | |
|                   {
 | |
|                   if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0)
 | |
|                     {
 | |
|                     *errorcodeptr = ERR43;
 | |
|                     goto FAILED;
 | |
|                     }
 | |
|                   }
 | |
|                 else crc = -1;      /* Current name is substring */
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               if (crc < 0)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
 | |
|                   (cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size);
 | |
|                 break;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               slot += cd->name_entry_size;
 | |
|               }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1);
 | |
|             memcpy(slot + 2, name, namelen);
 | |
|             slot[2+namelen] = 0;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In both cases, count the number of names we've encountered. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         ptr++;                    /* Move past > or ' */
 | |
|         cd->names_found++;
 | |
|         goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_AMPERSAND:            /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */
 | |
|         terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | |
|         is_recurse = TRUE;
 | |
|         /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both
 | |
|         references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling
 | |
|         through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from
 | |
|         the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name}
 | |
|         .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE:
 | |
|         name = ++ptr;
 | |
|         while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
 | |
|         namelen = ptr - name;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check and set a dummy
 | |
|         reference number. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (namelen == 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR62;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (*ptr != terminator)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           recno = 0;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In the real compile, seek the name in the table. We check the name
 | |
|         first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the
 | |
|         table. That way, if the name that is longer than any in the table,
 | |
|         the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           slot = cd->name_table;
 | |
|           for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0 &&
 | |
|                 slot[2+namelen] == 0)
 | |
|               break;
 | |
|             slot += cd->name_entry_size;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (i < cd->names_found)         /* Back reference */
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             recno = GET2(slot, 0);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else if ((recno =                /* Forward back reference */
 | |
|                     find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
 | |
|                       (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) <= 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical
 | |
|         recursion or backreferences. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
 | |
|           else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_R:              /* Recursion */
 | |
|         ptr++;                    /* Same as (?0)      */
 | |
|         /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS:  /* Recursion or subroutine */
 | |
|         case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4:
 | |
|         case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           const uschar *called;
 | |
|           terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma
 | |
|           compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that
 | |
|           the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will
 | |
|           be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY
 | |
|           ever be taken. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION:
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             ptr++;
 | |
|             if ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) == 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR63;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
 | |
|               goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY;
 | |
|             ptr++;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           recno = 0;
 | |
|           while((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
 | |
|             recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (*ptr != terminator)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR29;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (recno == 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
 | |
|             if (recno <= 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (recno == 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             recno += cd->bracount;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           HANDLE_RECURSION:
 | |
| 
 | |
|           previous = code;
 | |
|           called = cd->start_code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being
 | |
|           referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before
 | |
|           this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that
 | |
|           the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position)
 | |
|           now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can
 | |
|           be filled in at the end. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code = OP_END;
 | |
|             if (recno != 0) called = find_bracket(cd->start_code, utf8, recno);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Forward reference */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (called == NULL)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               if (find_parens(cd, NULL, recno,
 | |
|                     (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) < 0)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|                 goto FAILED;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               called = cd->start_code + recno;
 | |
|               PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, code + 2 + LINK_SIZE - cd->start_code);
 | |
|               }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open,
 | |
|             this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left
 | |
|             recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 &&
 | |
|                      could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf8))
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR40;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item, automatically wrapped inside
 | |
|           "once" brackets. Set up a "previous group" length so that a
 | |
|           subsequent quantifier will work. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           *code = OP_ONCE;
 | |
|           PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           *code = OP_RECURSE;
 | |
|           PUT(code, 1, called - cd->start_code);
 | |
|           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           *code = OP_KET;
 | |
|           PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Can't determine a first byte now */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         default:              /* Other characters: check option setting */
 | |
|         OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY:
 | |
|         set = unset = 0;
 | |
|         optset = &set;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           switch (*ptr++)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case CHAR_J:    /* Record that it changed in the external options */
 | |
|             *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES;
 | |
|             cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
 | |
|             case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
 | |
|             case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
 | |
|             case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
 | |
|             case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
 | |
|             case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             default:  *errorcodeptr = ERR12;
 | |
|                       ptr--;    /* Correct the offset */
 | |
|                       goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
 | |
|         group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this
 | |
|         item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be
 | |
|         abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in
 | |
|         the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in
 | |
|         caseless checking of required bytes.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are
 | |
|         definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been
 | |
|         compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have
 | |
|         that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded
 | |
|         during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if
 | |
|         we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At
 | |
|         any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything
 | |
|         has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions
 | |
|         is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in
 | |
|         both phases.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         If we are not at the pattern start, compile code to change the ims
 | |
|         options if this setting actually changes any of them, and reset the
 | |
|         greedy defaults and the case value for firstbyte and reqbyte. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE &&
 | |
|                (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE))
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             cd->external_options = newoptions;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|          else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != (newoptions & PCRE_IMS))
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *code++ = OP_OPT;
 | |
|               *code++ = newoptions & PCRE_IMS;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
 | |
|             greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
 | |
|             req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
 | |
|           in subsequent branches. When not at the start of the pattern, this
 | |
|           information is also necessary so that a resetting item can be
 | |
|           compiled at the end of a group (if we are in a group). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           *optionsptr = options = newoptions;
 | |
|           previous = NULL;       /* This item can't be repeated */
 | |
|           continue;              /* It is complete */
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
 | |
|         with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
 | |
|         not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
 | |
|         the newoptions value is handled below. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_BRA;
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         }     /* End of switch for character following (? */
 | |
|       }       /* End of (? handling */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE is set,
 | |
|     all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...)
 | |
|     brackets. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       bravalue = OP_BRA;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Else we have a capturing group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       NUMBERED_GROUP:
 | |
|       cd->bracount += 1;
 | |
|       PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount);
 | |
|       skipbytes = 2;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions may not be repeated, but
 | |
|     other kinds can be. All their opcodes are >= OP_ONCE. We copy code into a
 | |
|     non-register variable in order to be able to pass its address because some
 | |
|     compilers complain otherwise. Pass in a new setting for the ims options if
 | |
|     they have changed. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     previous = (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)? code : NULL;
 | |
|     *code = bravalue;
 | |
|     tempcode = code;
 | |
|     tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt;     /* Save value before bracket */
 | |
|     length_prevgroup = 0;              /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!compile_regex(
 | |
|          newoptions,                   /* The complete new option state */
 | |
|          options & PCRE_IMS,           /* The previous ims option state */
 | |
|          &tempcode,                    /* Where to put code (updated) */
 | |
|          &ptr,                         /* Input pointer (updated) */
 | |
|          errorcodeptr,                 /* Where to put an error message */
 | |
|          (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
 | |
|           bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
 | |
|          reset_bracount,               /* True if (?| group */
 | |
|          skipbytes,                    /* Skip over bracket number */
 | |
|          &subfirstbyte,                /* For possible first char */
 | |
|          &subreqbyte,                  /* For possible last char */
 | |
|          bcptr,                        /* Current branch chain */
 | |
|          cd,                           /* Tables block */
 | |
|          (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL :   /* Actual compile phase */
 | |
|            &length_prevgroup           /* Pre-compile phase */
 | |
|          ))
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
 | |
|     group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group
 | |
|     and any option resetting that may follow it. The pattern pointer (ptr)
 | |
|     is on the bracket. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
 | |
|     two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
 | |
|     in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
 | |
|     not be available. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       uschar *tc = code;
 | |
|       int condcount = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       do {
 | |
|          condcount++;
 | |
|          tc += GET(tc,1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       while (*tc != OP_KET);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
 | |
|       false). It must have only one branch. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (condcount > 1)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR54;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_DEF;   /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
 | |
|       make use of its firstbyte or reqbyte, because this is equivalent to an
 | |
|       empty second branch. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (condcount > 2)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR27;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         if (condcount == 1) subfirstbyte = subreqbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Error if hit end of pattern */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR14;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
 | |
|     less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
 | |
|     set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
 | |
|     duplicated by a quantifier.*/
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|         goto FAILED;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|       *code++ = OP_BRA;
 | |
|       PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|       *code++ = OP_KET;
 | |
|       PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|       break;    /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     code = tempcode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
 | |
|     relevant. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of
 | |
|     group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
 | |
|     branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
 | |
|     zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqbyte and
 | |
|     zerofirstbyte outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the
 | |
|     back off. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | |
|     zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | |
|     groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       /* If we have not yet set a firstbyte in this branch, take it from the
 | |
|       subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
 | |
|       than one can replicate it as reqbyte if necessary. If the subpattern has
 | |
|       no firstbyte, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
 | |
|       repeat forces firstbyte to "none". */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (subfirstbyte >= 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           firstbyte = subfirstbyte;
 | |
|           groupsetfirstbyte = TRUE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If firstbyte was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstbyte
 | |
|       into reqbyte if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
 | |
|       existence beforehand. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (subfirstbyte >= 0 && subreqbyte < 0)
 | |
|         subreqbyte = subfirstbyte | tempreqvary;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
 | |
|       really the first byte - see above), set it. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqbyte, if set. This can be
 | |
|     helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
 | |
|     char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstbyte
 | |
|     for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
 | |
|     such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqbyte instead
 | |
|     of a firstbyte. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
 | |
|     firstbyte, looking for an asserted first char. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
 | |
|     break;     /* End of processing '(' */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
 | |
|     are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values. For the
 | |
|     back references, the values are ESC_REF plus the reference number. Only
 | |
|     back references and those types that consume a character may be repeated.
 | |
|     We can test for values between ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may
 | |
|     have to change if any new ones are ever created. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_BACKSLASH:
 | |
|     tempptr = ptr;
 | |
|     c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
 | |
|     if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c < 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (-c == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|           ptr += 2;               /* avoid empty string */
 | |
|             else inescq = TRUE;
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (-c == ESC_E) continue;  /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
 | |
|       setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET && -c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)
 | |
|         firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | |
|       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n'
 | |
|       is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value
 | |
|       -ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for <
 | |
|       or ' if the value is -ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is
 | |
|       -ESC_REF+n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is -ESC_k (as
 | |
|       that is a synonym for a named back reference). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (-c == ESC_g)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         const uschar *p;
 | |
|         save_hwm = cd->hwm;   /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */
 | |
|         terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
 | |
|           CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly
 | |
|         unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In
 | |
|         fact, because we actually check for a number below, the paths that
 | |
|         would actually be in error are never taken. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         skipbytes = 0;
 | |
|         reset_bracount = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Test for a name */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_MINUS)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           BOOL isnumber = TRUE;
 | |
|           for (p = ptr + 1; *p != 0 && *p != terminator; p++)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) isnumber = FALSE;
 | |
|             if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (*p != terminator)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (isnumber)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             ptr++;
 | |
|             goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           is_recurse = TRUE;
 | |
|           goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Test a signed number in angle brackets or quotes. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         p = ptr + 2;
 | |
|         while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
 | |
|         if (*p != terminator)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax).
 | |
|       We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax) */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (-c == ESC_k && (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN ||
 | |
|           ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE || ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         is_recurse = FALSE;
 | |
|         terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
 | |
|           CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)?
 | |
|           CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET;
 | |
|         goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstbyte if
 | |
|       not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set
 | |
|       ':' later. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (-c >= ESC_REF)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         recno = -c - ESC_REF;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         HANDLE_REFERENCE:    /* Come here from named backref handling */
 | |
|         if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         previous = code;
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_REF;
 | |
|         PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
 | |
|         cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
 | |
|         if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|       else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         BOOL negated;
 | |
|         int pdata;
 | |
|         int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
 | |
|         if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
|         previous = code;
 | |
|         *code++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
 | |
|         *code++ = ptype;
 | |
|         *code++ = pdata;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not
 | |
|       allowed. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (-c == ESC_X || -c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR45;
 | |
|         goto FAILED;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we
 | |
|       can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         previous = (-c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
 | |
|         *code++ = -c;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
 | |
|     a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
 | |
|     handle it as a data character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     if (utf8 && c > 127)
 | |
|       mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(c, mcbuffer);
 | |
|     else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      mcbuffer[0] = c;
 | |
|      mclength = 1;
 | |
|      }
 | |
|     goto ONE_CHAR;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
 | |
|     when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a
 | |
|     multi-byte literal character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     NORMAL_CHAR:
 | |
|     mclength = 1;
 | |
|     mcbuffer[0] = c;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
|     if (utf8 && c >= 0xc0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
 | |
|         mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
 | |
|     in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ONE_CHAR:
 | |
|     previous = code;
 | |
|     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARNC : OP_CHAR;
 | |
|     for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL)
 | |
|       cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
 | |
|     byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
 | |
|     Otherwise, leave the firstbyte value alone, and don't change it on a zero
 | |
|     repeat. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstbyte
 | |
|       only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         firstbyte = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
 | |
|         if (mclength != 1) reqbyte = code[-1] | cd->req_varyopt;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* firstbyte was previously set; we can set reqbyte only the length is
 | |
|     1 or the matching is caseful. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | |
|       zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | |
|       if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
 | |
|         reqbyte = code[-1] | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     break;            /* End of literal character handling */
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }                   /* end of big loop */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
 | |
| error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
 | |
| to the user for diagnosing the error. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| FAILED:
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *     Compile sequence of alternatives           *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it
 | |
| points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code
 | |
| variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored.
 | |
| If the ims options are changed at the start (for a (?ims: group) or during any
 | |
| branch, we need to insert an OP_OPT item at the start of every following branch
 | |
| to ensure they get set correctly at run time, and also pass the new options
 | |
| into every subsequent branch compile.
 | |
| 
 | |
| This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find
 | |
| out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The
 | |
| value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   options        option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
 | |
|   oldims         previous settings of ims option bits
 | |
|   codeptr        -> the address of the current code pointer
 | |
|   ptrptr         -> the address of the current pattern pointer
 | |
|   errorcodeptr   -> pointer to error code variable
 | |
|   lookbehind     TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
 | |
|   reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch
 | |
|   skipbytes      skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
 | |
|   firstbyteptr   place to put the first required character, or a negative number
 | |
|   reqbyteptr     place to put the last required character, or a negative number
 | |
|   bcptr          pointer to the chain of currently open branches
 | |
|   cd             points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
 | |
|   lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
 | |
|                  points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         TRUE on success
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| compile_regex(int options, int oldims, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
 | |
|   int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes,
 | |
|   int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd,
 | |
|   int *lengthptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | |
| uschar *code = *codeptr;
 | |
| uschar *last_branch = code;
 | |
| uschar *start_bracket = code;
 | |
| uschar *reverse_count = NULL;
 | |
| int firstbyte, reqbyte;
 | |
| int branchfirstbyte, branchreqbyte;
 | |
| int length;
 | |
| int orig_bracount;
 | |
| int max_bracount;
 | |
| branch_chain bc;
 | |
| 
 | |
| bc.outer = bcptr;
 | |
| bc.current = code;
 | |
| 
 | |
| firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
 | |
| length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the
 | |
| beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
 | |
| lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the
 | |
| start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
 | |
| the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change
 | |
| the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes
 | |
| them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the
 | |
| pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
 | |
| 
 | |
| PUT(code, 1, 0);
 | |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Loop for each alternative branch */
 | |
| 
 | |
| orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount;
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch
 | |
|   uses the same numbers. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle a change of ims options at the start of the branch */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *code++ = OP_OPT;
 | |
|     *code++ = options & PCRE_IMS;
 | |
|     length += 2;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (lookbehind)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *code++ = OP_REVERSE;
 | |
|     reverse_count = code;
 | |
|     PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
 | |
|     length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
 | |
|   into the length. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstbyte,
 | |
|         &branchreqbyte, &bc, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch
 | |
|   has fewer than the rest. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     /* If this is the first branch, the firstbyte and reqbyte values for the
 | |
|     branch become the values for the regex. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       firstbyte = branchfirstbyte;
 | |
|       reqbyte = branchreqbyte;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqbyte have to
 | |
|     match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
 | |
|     previous value for reqbyte didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
 | |
|     and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       /* If we previously had a firstbyte, but it doesn't match the new branch,
 | |
|       we have to abandon the firstbyte for the regex, but if there was
 | |
|       previously no reqbyte, it takes on the value of the old firstbyte. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (firstbyte >= 0 && firstbyte != branchfirstbyte)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
 | |
|         firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If we (now or from before) have no firstbyte, a firstbyte from the
 | |
|       branch becomes a reqbyte if there isn't a branch reqbyte. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (firstbyte < 0 && branchfirstbyte >= 0 && branchreqbyte < 0)
 | |
|           branchreqbyte = branchfirstbyte;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Now ensure that the reqbytes match */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if ((reqbyte & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqbyte & ~REQ_VARY))
 | |
|         reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|       else reqbyte |= branchreqbyte;   /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and
 | |
|     put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the
 | |
|     branch with OP_END. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (lookbehind)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int fixed_length;
 | |
|       *code = OP_END;
 | |
|       fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, options);
 | |
|       DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
 | |
|       if (fixed_length < 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : ERR25;
 | |
|         *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
|         return FALSE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real
 | |
|   compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain
 | |
|   of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the
 | |
|   first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the
 | |
|   group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole
 | |
|   bracketed item. If any of the ims options were changed inside the group,
 | |
|   compile a resetting op-code following, except at the very end of the pattern.
 | |
|   Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int branch_length = code - last_branch;
 | |
|       do
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
 | |
|         PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
 | |
|         branch_length = prev_length;
 | |
|         last_branch -= branch_length;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       while (branch_length > 0);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Fill in the ket */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     *code = OP_KET;
 | |
|     PUT(code, 1, code - start_bracket);
 | |
|     code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Resetting option if needed */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *code++ = OP_OPT;
 | |
|       *code++ = oldims;
 | |
|       length += 2;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     cd->bracount = max_bracount;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Set values to pass back */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     *codeptr = code;
 | |
|     *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
|     *firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
 | |
|     *reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
 | |
|     if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|         return FALSE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       *lengthptr += length;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     return TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
 | |
|   pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
 | |
|   pretend that each branch is the only one.)
 | |
| 
 | |
|   In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
 | |
|   to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
 | |
|   is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
 | |
|   zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
 | |
|     length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *code = OP_ALT;
 | |
|     PUT(code, 1, code - last_branch);
 | |
|     bc.current = last_branch = code;
 | |
|     code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ptr++;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| /* Control never reaches here */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *          Check for anchored expression         *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
 | |
| alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
 | |
| all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
 | |
| it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD
 | |
| counts, since OP_CIRC can match in the middle.
 | |
| 
 | |
| We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
 | |
| This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
 | |
| into account the match offset".
 | |
| 
 | |
| A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
 | |
| because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
 | |
| so there is no point trying again.... er ....
 | |
| 
 | |
| .... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
 | |
| subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
 | |
| to catch that case precisely.
 | |
| 
 | |
| At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
 | |
| and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
 | |
| However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
 | |
| of the more common cases more precisely.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
 | |
|   options        points to the options setting
 | |
|   bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
 | |
|                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
 | |
|                   the less precise approach
 | |
|   backref_map    the back reference bitmap
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:     TRUE or FALSE
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| is_anchored(register const uschar *code, int *options, unsigned int bracket_map,
 | |
|   unsigned int backref_map)
 | |
| {
 | |
| do {
 | |
|    const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
 | |
|      options, PCRE_MULTILINE, FALSE);
 | |
|    register int op = *scode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Non-capturing brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (op == OP_BRA)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Capturing brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_CBRA)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|      int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
 | |
|      if (!is_anchored(scode, options, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Other brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and
 | |
|    it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
 | |
|              op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR))
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0)
 | |
|        return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Check for explicit anchoring */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM &&
 | |
|            ((*options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0 || op != OP_CIRC))
 | |
|      return FALSE;
 | |
|    code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| while (*code == OP_ALT);   /* Loop for each alternative */
 | |
| return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *         Check for starting with ^ or .*        *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
 | |
| "first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
 | |
| matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
 | |
| the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
 | |
| have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
 | |
| because in that case we can't make the assumption.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
 | |
|   bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
 | |
|                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
 | |
|                   the less precise approach
 | |
|   backref_map    the back reference bitmap
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         TRUE or FALSE
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| is_startline(const uschar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
 | |
|   unsigned int backref_map)
 | |
| {
 | |
| do {
 | |
|    const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
 | |
|      NULL, 0, FALSE);
 | |
|    register int op = *scode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the
 | |
|    conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test
 | |
|    for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an
 | |
|    auto-callout at the start of a condition. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (op == OP_COND)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|      if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += _pcre_OP_lengths[OP_CALLOUT];
 | |
|      switch (*scode)
 | |
|        {
 | |
|        case OP_CREF:
 | |
|        case OP_RREF:
 | |
|        case OP_DEF:
 | |
|        return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|        default:     /* Assertion */
 | |
|        if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | |
|        do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT);
 | |
|        scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|        break;
 | |
|        }
 | |
|      scode = first_significant_code(scode, NULL, 0, FALSE);
 | |
|      op = *scode;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Non-capturing brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (op == OP_BRA)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Capturing brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_CBRA)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|      int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
 | |
|      if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Other brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in brackets that
 | |
|    may be referenced. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Check for explicit circumflex */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Move on to the next alternative */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| while (*code == OP_ALT);  /* Loop for each alternative */
 | |
| return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *       Check for asserted fixed first char      *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
 | |
| discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
 | |
| However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
 | |
| it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
 | |
| char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all
 | |
| of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then
 | |
| we return that char, otherwise -1.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code       points to start of expression (the bracket)
 | |
|   options    pointer to the options (used to check casing changes)
 | |
|   inassert   TRUE if in an assertion
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:     -1 or the fixed first char
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| find_firstassertedchar(const uschar *code, int *options, BOOL inassert)
 | |
| {
 | |
| register int c = -1;
 | |
| do {
 | |
|    int d;
 | |
|    const uschar *scode =
 | |
|      first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, options, PCRE_CASELESS, TRUE);
 | |
|    register int op = *scode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    switch(op)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      default:
 | |
|      return -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|      case OP_BRA:
 | |
|      case OP_CBRA:
 | |
|      case OP_ASSERT:
 | |
|      case OP_ONCE:
 | |
|      case OP_COND:
 | |
|      if ((d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, options, op == OP_ASSERT)) < 0)
 | |
|        return -1;
 | |
|      if (c < 0) c = d; else if (c != d) return -1;
 | |
|      break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|      case OP_EXACT:       /* Fall through */
 | |
|      scode += 2;
 | |
| 
 | |
|      case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|      case OP_CHARNC:
 | |
|      case OP_PLUS:
 | |
|      case OP_MINPLUS:
 | |
|      case OP_POSPLUS:
 | |
|      if (!inassert) return -1;
 | |
|      if (c < 0)
 | |
|        {
 | |
|        c = scode[1];
 | |
|        if ((*options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) c |= REQ_CASELESS;
 | |
|        }
 | |
|      else if (c != scode[1]) return -1;
 | |
|      break;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
| return c;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *        Compile a Regular Expression            *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
 | |
| holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
 | |
| function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
 | |
| compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   pattern       the regular expression
 | |
|   options       various option bits
 | |
|   errorcodeptr  pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
 | |
|                   can be NULL if you don't want a code value
 | |
|   errorptr      pointer to pointer to error text
 | |
|   erroroffset   ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
 | |
|   tables        pointer to character tables or NULL
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:        pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
 | |
|                 with errorptr and erroroffset set
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
 | |
| pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
 | |
|   int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
 | |
| {
 | |
| return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
 | |
| pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
 | |
|   const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
 | |
| {
 | |
| real_pcre *re;
 | |
| int length = 1;  /* For final END opcode */
 | |
| int firstbyte, reqbyte, newline;
 | |
| int errorcode = 0;
 | |
| int skipatstart = 0;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
| BOOL utf8;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| size_t size;
 | |
| uschar *code;
 | |
| const uschar *codestart;
 | |
| const uschar *ptr;
 | |
| compile_data compile_block;
 | |
| compile_data *cd = &compile_block;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are
 | |
| computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away
 | |
| as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for
 | |
| this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where
 | |
| to fill in forward references to subpatterns. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| uschar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE];
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| ptr = (const uschar *)pattern;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
 | |
| can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
 | |
| pointer. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (errorptr == NULL)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
 | |
|   return NULL;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *errorptr = NULL;
 | |
| if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* However, we can give a message for this error */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (erroroffset == NULL)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR16;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *erroroffset = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (tables == NULL) tables = _pcre_default_tables;
 | |
| cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
 | |
| cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
 | |
| cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
 | |
| cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR17;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember
 | |
| the offset for later. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS &&
 | |
|        ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int newnl = 0;
 | |
|   int newbsr = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; }
 | |
|   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3)  == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
 | |
|   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5)  == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
 | |
|   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; }
 | |
|   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; }
 | |
|   else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (newnl != 0)
 | |
|     options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl;
 | |
|   else if (newbsr != 0)
 | |
|     options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr;
 | |
|   else break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Can't support UTF8 unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | |
| utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
 | |
| if (utf8 && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
 | |
|      (*erroroffset = _pcre_valid_utf8((uschar *)pattern, -1)) >= 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR44;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #else
 | |
| if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR32;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Check validity of \R options. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| switch (options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE))
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   case 0:
 | |
|   case PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF:
 | |
|   case PCRE_BSR_UNICODE:
 | |
|   break;
 | |
|   default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The
 | |
| current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and
 | |
| "anycrlf". */
 | |
| 
 | |
| switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break;   /* Build-time default */
 | |
|   case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break;
 | |
|   case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break;
 | |
|   case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
 | |
|        PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break;
 | |
|   case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
 | |
|   case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
 | |
|   default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (newline == -2)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| else if (newline < 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
 | |
|   if (newline > 255)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     cd->nllen = 2;
 | |
|     cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
 | |
|     cd->nl[1] = newline & 255;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     cd->nllen = 1;
 | |
|     cd->nl[0] = newline;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
 | |
| references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| cd->top_backref = 0;
 | |
| cd->backref_map = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
 | |
| 
 | |
| DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
 | |
| DPRINTF(("%s\n", pattern));
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length
 | |
| of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final
 | |
| argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it
 | |
| to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is
 | |
| no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there
 | |
| is a test for its doing so. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0;
 | |
| cd->names_found = 0;
 | |
| cd->name_entry_size = 0;
 | |
| cd->name_table = NULL;
 | |
| cd->start_workspace = cworkspace;
 | |
| cd->start_code = cworkspace;
 | |
| cd->hwm = cworkspace;
 | |
| cd->start_pattern = (const uschar *)pattern;
 | |
| cd->end_pattern = (const uschar *)(pattern + strlen(pattern));
 | |
| cd->req_varyopt = 0;
 | |
| cd->external_options = options;
 | |
| cd->external_flags = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we
 | |
| don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have
 | |
| been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is
 | |
| found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings
 | |
| outside can help speed up starting point checks. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| ptr += skipatstart;
 | |
| code = cworkspace;
 | |
| *code = OP_BRA;
 | |
| (void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, cd->external_options & PCRE_IMS,
 | |
|   &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd,
 | |
|   &length);
 | |
| if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
| 
 | |
| DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length,
 | |
|   cd->hwm - cworkspace));
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR20;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or
 | |
| externally provided function. Integer overflow should no longer be possible
 | |
| because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cd->names_found and
 | |
| cd->name_entry_size. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| size = length + sizeof(real_pcre) + cd->names_found * (cd->name_entry_size + 3);
 | |
| re = (real_pcre *)(pcre_malloc)(size);
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (re == NULL)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR21;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal
 | |
| flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character
 | |
| tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a
 | |
| regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte
 | |
| pointers. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
 | |
| re->size = size;
 | |
| re->options = cd->external_options;
 | |
| re->flags = cd->external_flags;
 | |
| re->dummy1 = 0;
 | |
| re->first_byte = 0;
 | |
| re->req_byte = 0;
 | |
| re->name_table_offset = sizeof(real_pcre);
 | |
| re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size;
 | |
| re->name_count = cd->names_found;
 | |
| re->ref_count = 0;
 | |
| re->tables = (tables == _pcre_default_tables)? NULL : tables;
 | |
| re->nullpad = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
 | |
| passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial
 | |
| options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size
 | |
| field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm
 | |
| field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns.
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount;  /* Save for checking forward references */
 | |
| cd->bracount = 0;
 | |
| cd->names_found = 0;
 | |
| cd->name_table = (uschar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
 | |
| codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
 | |
| cd->start_code = codestart;
 | |
| cd->hwm = cworkspace;
 | |
| cd->req_varyopt = 0;
 | |
| cd->had_accept = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
 | |
| error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
 | |
| of the function here. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| ptr = (const uschar *)pattern + skipatstart;
 | |
| code = (uschar *)codestart;
 | |
| *code = OP_BRA;
 | |
| (void)compile_regex(re->options, re->options & PCRE_IMS, &code, &ptr,
 | |
|   &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd, NULL);
 | |
| re->top_bracket = cd->bracount;
 | |
| re->top_backref = cd->top_backref;
 | |
| re->flags = cd->external_flags;
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (cd->had_accept) reqbyte = -1;   /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != 0) errorcode = ERR22;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
 | |
| if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| *code++ = OP_END;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef DEBUG
 | |
| if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Fill in any forward references that are required. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cworkspace)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int offset, recno;
 | |
|   const uschar *groupptr;
 | |
|   cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|   offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0);
 | |
|   recno = GET(codestart, offset);
 | |
|   groupptr = find_bracket(codestart, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, recno);
 | |
|   if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53;
 | |
|     else PUT(((uschar *)codestart), offset, groupptr - codestart);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
 | |
| subpattern. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (errorcode != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   (pcre_free)(re);
 | |
|   PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
 | |
|   *erroroffset = ptr - (const uschar *)pattern;
 | |
|   PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2:
 | |
|   *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode);
 | |
|   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
 | |
|   return NULL;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
 | |
| the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else (such
 | |
| as starting with .* when DOTALL is set).
 | |
| 
 | |
| Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that
 | |
| speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
 | |
| PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
 | |
| start with ^. and also when all branches start with .* for non-DOTALL matches.
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int temp_options = re->options;   /* May get changed during these scans */
 | |
|   if (is_anchored(codestart, &temp_options, 0, cd->backref_map))
 | |
|     re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (firstbyte < 0)
 | |
|       firstbyte = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &temp_options, FALSE);
 | |
|     if (firstbyte >= 0)   /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int ch = firstbyte & 255;
 | |
|       re->first_byte = ((firstbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
 | |
|          cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? ch : firstbyte;
 | |
|       re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd->backref_map))
 | |
|       re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
 | |
| variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
 | |
| bytes. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (reqbyte >= 0 &&
 | |
|      ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqbyte & REQ_VARY) != 0))
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int ch = reqbyte & 255;
 | |
|   re->req_byte = ((reqbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
 | |
|     cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? (reqbyte & ~REQ_CASELESS) : reqbyte;
 | |
|   re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the
 | |
| case when building a production library. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
| 
 | |
| printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
 | |
|   length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
 | |
| 
 | |
| printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options);
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int ch = re->first_byte & 255;
 | |
|   const char *caseless = ((re->first_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
 | |
|     "" : " (caseless)";
 | |
|   if (isprint(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | |
|     else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int ch = re->req_byte & 255;
 | |
|   const char *caseless = ((re->req_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
 | |
|     "" : " (caseless)";
 | |
|   if (isprint(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | |
|     else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| pcre_printint(re, stdout, TRUE);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
 | |
| was compiled can be seen. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (code - codestart > length)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   (pcre_free)(re);
 | |
|   *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23);
 | |
|   *erroroffset = ptr - (uschar *)pattern;
 | |
|   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
 | |
|   return NULL;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif   /* DEBUG */
 | |
| 
 | |
| return (pcre *)re;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* End of pcre_compile.c */
 |